Home

SPARC Enterprise M3000/M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 Servers

1. SPARC Enterprise M3000 Memory_Size 8 GB FRU Quantity MBU_A 1 CPU 1 Freq 2 520 GHz 15 MEM 8 Type 1A Size 1 GB 8 OPNL 1 PSU 2 FANBP B 7 FAN A 2 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred 352 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES showhostname 8 showhostname display the current host name for the XSCF unit showhostname a xscfu showhostname h showhostname 8 command displays the current host name for the XSCF unit The host name is displayed in Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN format You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays the current host names for all XSCF units If an XSCF unit name is specified with the a option the XSCF unit name is ignored h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported xscfu Specifies the XSCF uni
2. Quotes must be used for formats with an embedded space It is case insensitive Never means an account will not expire Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Sets the number of days after a password expires until the account is locked This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 1 A value of 1 means that the account will not be locked after the password expires Valid values are integers with value of 1 or greater 98 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO password 8 M maxdays Sets the maximum number of days that a password is valid This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 999999 Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater n mindays Sets the minimum number of days between password changes An initial value of zero for this field indicates that you can change the password at any time Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created w warn Sets the default number of days before password expiration at which to start warning the user This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 7 Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater The follow
3. 1 audit limit non audit limit Sets the space limits for log archives in megabytes p password t user host directory The option argument must consist of two values separated by a comma The audit limit value specifies the archive space limit for audit logs It must be either 0 zero unlimited or an integer in the range of 500 50000 If you do not use the 1 option to modify the value of audit limit the initial archive space limit for audit logs is unlimited The non audit limit value specifies the archive space limit for all other logs in megabytes It must be an integer in the range of 500 50000 If unset the initial value for non audit limit depends on the type of server Use the showarchiving 8 command to determine the value for your server If either of the specified values is invalid the command displays an error and exits without making any changes mon Automatically answers n no to all prompts Prompts are displayed Sets the password used for ssh login This option is provided to facilitate scripting To change the password interactively use the r option Reads the password used for ssh login The setarchiving command displays a prompt and reads the new password without echoing it to the screen Sets the archive target The host field specifies the host name or IP address of the archive host The user field specifies the user name for the ssh login to the archive host The directory field speci
4. Email Recipient Address adm2 company com d adm2 company com 188 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 setemailreport 8 EXAMPLE 4 Enable Email Reporting Noninteractively XSCF gt setemailreport s enable yes s recipient useradm company com adm2 company com EXAMPLE5 Sending Test Email XSCF gt setemailreport t Sending test email to useradm company com Email contents shown below Host Name jupiter Send Timestamp 04 20 2006 16 31 45 PST Mail Server 10 4 1 1 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setsmtp 8 showemailreport 8 System Administration 189 setemailreport 8 190 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS sethostname 8 sethostname set a host name and a DNS domain name for an XSCF unit sethostname xscfu hostname sethostname d domainname sethostname h sethostname 8 command sets a host name and a DNS domain name for an XSCF unit In the M8000 M9000 servers the DNS domain name becomes common to XSCF units The host name can be specified for each XSCF unit You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domainname Specifies a DNS domain name to be set for
5. m The current PSB settings can be checked by using the showfru 8 command EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Configures PSB 00 as a Quad XSB with memory in non mirror mode be cause the memory mirror mode setting is omitted XSCF gt setupfru x 4 sb 0 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showfru 8 272 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION setupplatform 8 setupplatform set up platform specific settings setupplatform v setupplatform v p part p part setupplatform h The setupplat form 8 command sets up platform specific settings The command leads an administrator through Service Processor installation tasks By default setupplat form command walks through each of the available settings Individual settings may be selected using the p option You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m To use the p user option usradm m To use the p network p altitude p timezone options platadm Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p part Specifies the se
6. media usb msad path file where the value for file is in one of the following formats XCPvvvv tar gz IKXCPvvvv tar gz FFXCPvvvv tar gz DCXCPvvvv tar gz and vvv is the four character version number EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Downloading a Version from an http Server XSCF gt getflashimage http imageserver images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz OMB 1MB 2MB 43MB 44MB 45MB received received received received received received SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 getflashimage 8 Download successful 46827KB at 1016 857KB s Checking file MD5 e619e6da367c888507427e58cdb8e0a0 EXAMPLE2 Downloading a Version from an ftp Server XSCF gt getflashimage ftp imageserver images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz OMB received 1MB received 2MB received 43MB received 44MB received 45MB received Download successful 46827KB at 1016 857KB s Checking file MD5 e619e6dd367c888507427e58cdb8e0al EXAMPLE3 Downloading Using an http Proxy Server With Port 8080 XSCF gt getflashimage p webproxy sun com 8080 http
7. setntp c del a setntp c stratum i stratum no setntp h setntp 8 command sets the NTP information for XSCF The setntp 8 command can specify the following information m The NTP servers which are used on the XSCF network Up to three NTP servers can be registered for the XSCF network Any attempt to register four or more servers causes an error m The stratum value which has been set to XSCF You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Deletes all the NTP servers that are currently registered This option is used with the c del c add Adds the host with the specified address or the host as an NTP server This option is used together with address If the c option is omitted c add is used When an NTP server is registered the existing setting is deleted and overwriting is performed with the specified address c del Deletes the host with the specified address or the host from the NTP servers If the c option is omitted c add is assumed specified c stratum Sets the stratum value in case you regard XSCF as an NTP server h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs i stratum_no Specifies the stratum value This option is used together with the c stratum An integer from 1 to 15 can be specified If the stratum value not specified it is 5 System Admini
8. For details of the CPU operational mode and the DR operation see the DR User s Guide To add the XSB other than those above you need to perform the domain reconfiguration accompanied by the domain power off on or reboot When the operational mode of CPU has been automatically determined if a situation as described below occurred the CPU operational mode changes at the domain restart from the SPARC64 VI compatible mode to the SPARC64 VII enhanced mode In the SPARC64 VII enhanced mode an XSB mounted with the SPARC64 VI processors cannot be added by DR operation a When the SPARC64 VII and VI processors are mixed after the restart due to the SPARC64 VI processor failure there is no SPARC64 VI processor on a domain When the SPARC64 VI processors mounted or planned to be mounted on the domain set the operational mode of CPU to the SPARC64 VI compatible mode To check the mode of CPUs which currently set to the domain execute the prtdiag 1M command on Solaris OS For the prtdiag 1M command see the manual page of Solaris OS If the Mode switch of the operator panel is set to Service the settings of the modes of operation for the specified domain have the following values regardless of the settings of the setdomainmode 8 command a OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level Diagnostic Level operational mode of CPU CPU Mode operates as the setdomainmode 8 command setting Host watchdog and suppress break signal reception S
9. S r M error showlogs t time LT time p timestamp v r M event showlogs t time T time r M power env showlogs r M monitor showlogs d domain id t time T time r M console ipl panic showlogs h The showlogs 8 command displays the specified log Log data is displayed in the order of timestamps starting from the oldest data by default Depending on the target for the log collection the following logs can be specified For Field Replaceable Unit FRU Error log sometimes includes scan log m Power log m Event log m Temperature and humidity record Monitoring message log For domain Console message log m Panic message log m IPL message log You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m Error log Event log Temperature and humidity record and Monitor message log platadm platop fieldeng m Power log platadm platop domainadm domainmgr fieldeng m Scan log fieldeng m Console message log Panic message log and IPL message log platadm platop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 363 showlogs 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported d domain id p timestamp Specifies the ID of a domain to be displayed This option can be specified for domain specific log domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Displays us
10. SEE ALSO sendbreak 8 sendbreak send a break signal to the specified domain sendbreak d domain id sendbreak a y n d domain id sendbreak h The sendbreak 8 command sends a break signal to the specified domain When a break signal is sent from the domain console to the Solaris OS of the domain control is transferred from the Solaris OS to OpenBoot PROM and the OpenBoot PROM prompt ok gt is displayed Note sendbreak 8 command will not work when the secure mode is set to on while the mode switch on the operator panel is set to Locked Refer to the setdomainmode 8 for more information You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain_id Specifies only one ID of the domain to which to send the break signal domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred console 8 showconsolepath 8 System Administration 139 sendbreak
11. display the intake air temperature and humidity temperature sensor information voltage sensor information and fan speed information about the system display the hardware settings of specified device display information about Field Replaceable Units FRUs installed in the system display the current host name for the XSCF unit display the status of the HTTPS service set for the XSCF network display the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP configuration for the Service Processor display the current setting for the XSCF locale display the state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel display the specified log display the configuration for authentication and privileges lookup display the contents of monitoring messages in real time display the registered domain name system DNS servers specified on the XSCF network display information of network interfaces for XSCF display copyright and license information for the copyright information for eXtended System Control Facility XSCF Control Package XCP display the NTP servers currently set for the XSCF network showpasswordpolicy display the current password settings showpowerupdelay showresult showroute showshutdowndelay showsmtp display the current settings for the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup display the exit status of the most recently executed command display routing information for an XSCF network inter
12. mib_name Name of the MIB module to be disabled Valid MIB modules are SP_MIB XSCF extension MIB FM_MIB Fault Management MIB ALL All the MIB modules in this list Disables the SNMP agent from communicating using SNMPv1 v2c These versions provide insecure SNMP communication When used alone activates the SNMP agent with support for all MIB modules When used with the value ALL for the optional mib_name activates the SNMP agent with support for all MIB modules When used with a value other than ALL for the optional mib_name adds support for the targeted MIB module and if necessary activates the SNMP agent You can specify only one value at a time for mib_name mib_name Name of the MIB module to be enabled Valid MIB modules are SP_MIB XSCF extension MIB FM_MIB Fault Management MIB ALL All the MIB modules in this list Enables the SNMP agent to communicate using SNMPv1 v2c These versions provide insecure SNMP communication which is why the agent runs SNMPv3 by default This agent is read only The only community string asked for is read only 244 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXAMPLES setsnmp 8 remtraphost Disables the SNMP agent from sending the chosen type of trap to the desired host t type Type of trap Valid trap types are vi The agent will send SNMPv1 traps v2 The agent will send SNMPv2 traps inform The age
13. showpasswordpolicy h showpasswordpolicy 8 displays the password policy settings These include default password expiration settings for new accounts pam cracklib parameters and the number of passwords to keep in password history for each user You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 Displaying Password Policy Settings XSCF gt showpasswordpolicy Mindays 0 Maxdays 99999 Warn 7 Inactive 1 Expiry 0 Retry 3 Difok 10 Minlen 9 Dcredit Ucredit Lcredit Ocredit Remember 3 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administration 397 showpasswordpolicy 8 SEE ALSO setpasswordpolicy 8 398 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showpowerupdelay 8 showpowerupdelay display the current settings for the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup showpowerupdelay showpowerupdelay h The showpowerupdelay 8 command displays the current settings for the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup The following settings are displayed warmup time Warm up time wait time Wait time befor
14. 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setdualpowerfeed 8 System Administration 333 showdualpowerfeed 8 334 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showemailreport 8 showemailreport display the email report configuration data showemailreport v showemailreport h showemailreport 8 displays the email reporting configuration data When used without options it displays current email report configuration data You must have platadm platop or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs v Specifies verbose output Emailreport information includes whether Emailreporting is enabled If enabled it also includes the list of addresses EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Emailreport configuration XSCF gt showemailreport EMail Reporting enabled Email Recipient Address admin company com adm2 company com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setemailreport 8 System Administration 335 showemailreport 8 336 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCR
15. EXAMPLE 2 Displays a list of XSCF shell commands XSCF gt man intro System Administration 89 man 1 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 90 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges moveboard 8 moveboard move an eXtended System Board XSB from the current domain to another moveboard a y n v c configure d domain id xsb xsb moveboard a y n v c assign d domain id xsb xsb moveboard a y n v c reserve a domain_id xsb xsb moveboard h The moveboard 8 command disconnects an XSB from the current domain and based on the domain component list DCL assigns it to or configures it in the specified domain The moveboard 8 command is not available on the M3000 server One of the following movement methods can be specified configure Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and configures it into the specified destination domain configuration The incorporated XSB can be accessed from the Solaris OS assign Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and assigns it to the specified destination domain configuration The assigned XSB is reserved for the specified domain and cannot be configured in or assigned to other domains The assigned system board is con
16. Since the f option forcibly switches XSCF limit the use of this option to such cases as when switching does not work in normal operations h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts System Administration 441 switchscf 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS t Active Switches the state of the XSCF unit to active t Standby Switches the state of the XSCF unit to standby y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command EXAMPLE1 Switches the state of the XSCF unit that the user is currently logged in to to standby XSCF gt switchscf t Standby The XSCF unit switch between the Active and Standby states Continue y n Y EXAMPLE2 Switches the state of the XSCF unit that the user is currently logged in to to mon standby Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt switchscf t Standby y The XSCF unit switch between the Active and Standby states Continue y n y The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 442 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS
17. XSCF gt addboard f d 2 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 replacefru 8 setdcl 8 setdomainmode 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8 testsb 8 System Administration 9 addboard 8 10 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO addcodlicense 8 addcodlicense add a Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU license key to the COD license database addcodlicense license signature addcodlicense h addcodlicense 8 adds the COD RTU specified license key to the COD license database on the Service Processor The addcodlicense 8 command is not available on the M3000 server When the license key is added the quantity of headroom is reduced by the quantity provided by the license key The quantity of headroom cannot be lower than 0 Note Before you run this command you must obtain a COD license key To obtain a license key contact your sales representative For details on COD RTU license keys refer to the COD User s Guide for your server You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage
18. c class Selects events that match the specified class The class argument can use the global pattern matching syntax which is similar to global pattern matching for files For example xyz would match xyz sxc and xyz pdf The class represents a hierarchical classification string indicating the type of telemetry event h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs e Displays events from the fault management error log instead of the fault log The error log contains private telemetry information used by XSCF s automated diagnosis software This information is recorded to facilitate post mortem analysis of problems and event replay and should not be parsed or relied upon for the development of scripts and other tools f Displays only lines that have been appended to the dump file since the command was executed Output continues until interrupted by CELI E m Displays the Fault Manager syslog message contents M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command t time Selects events that occurred at or after the specified time The time can be specified using the forms in the Time Formats following this section Used with T you can specify a range T time Selects events that occurred at or before the specified time time can be specified using any of the time formats described for the t option Used with t you can specify a rang
19. imageserver images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz OMB received System Administration 75 getflashimage 8 1MB received 2MB received 43MB received 44MB received 45MB received Download successful 46827KB at 1016 857KB s Checking file MD5 e619e6da367c888507427e58cdb8e0a2 EXAMPLE 4 Downloading Using a User Name and Password XSCF gt getflashimage u jsmith http imageserver images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz Password not echoed OMB received 1MB received 2MB received 43MB received 44MB received 45MB received Download successful 46827KB at 1016 857KB s Checking file MD5 e619e6da367c888507427e58cdb8e0a3 76 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO getflashimage 8 EXAMPLE5 Downloading From a USB Memory Stick XSCF gt getflashimage file media usb_msd images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz Mounted USB device OMB received 1MB
20. n address m address g address interface setroute h setroute 8 command sets routing information for an XSCF network interface Up to eight routing information items can be registered for each network interface Any attempt to register more than eight items causes an error You must have platadm privilege to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c faddldel g address Specifies a function for routing information One of the following values can be specified If none of them is specified an error occurs add Adds routing information del Deletes routing information Specifies a gateway address used for routing The specified value of address is a set of four integer values delimited by the period If this option is omitted the gateway address is not set The following address form is accepted XXX XXKX XXKX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer System Administration 231 setroute 8 h m address n address Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies the netmask to which routing information is forwarded The specified value is a set of four integer values delimited by the period The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer I
21. no to all prompts P password With e option password can be provided on command line The command will prompt for the password if a password is not provided on command line p proxy Specifies the proxy server to be used for transfers The default transfer type is http unless modified using the t proxy type option The value for proxy must be in the format servername port a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts t proxy type Used with the p option to specify the type of proxy Possible values for proxy type are http socks4 and socks5 The default value is http u user Specifies the user name when logging in to a remote ftp or http server that requires authentication You will be prompted for a password System Administration 45 dumpconfig 8 46 OPERANDS EXAMPLES v Displays verbose output This may be helpful when diagnosing server problems V Displays details of network activity This may be helpful when diagnosing network or server problems moun y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following operands are supported url Specifies the URL where the configuration will be dumped Supported formats for this value include the following http server port path file https server port path file ftp server port path file file media usb msad path file EXAMPLE 1 Dumping the Configuration using FTP XSCF gt dumpconfig V p 129
22. 8 disableuser 8 enableuser 8 password 8 setprivileges 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION snapshot 8 snapshot collect and transfer environment log error and FRUID data snapshot d device r e P password L F I RH 1 v a y n S time E time snapshot t user host directory e P password k host key 1 L F I R p password v a y n S time LE time snapshot T D directory e P password k host key 1 L F 1I R v a y n S time LE time snapshot h The snapshot 8 command provides a data collection mechanism that enables rapid reliable and flexible retrieval of diagnostic information on the Service Processor snapshot 8 collects the following data Configuration Environmentals Logs Errors and FRUID information It transfers data to the specified destination snapshot opens an output file the name of which is automatically generated based on the host name and IP address assigned to the Service Processor and the UTC time in hours minutes and seconds and date on the Service Processor at the time snapshot is invoked For example jupiter_10 1 1 1_2006 07 08T22 33 44 snapshot does not support user specified file names for the output file As files and command output are collected from the Service Processor snapshot compresses the output data
23. EXAMPLE 2 Sets January 27 07 59 00 2006 of UTC as the current time XSCF gt setdate u s 012707592006 00 Fri Jan 27 07 59 00 UTC 2006 The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y Fri Jan 27 07 59 00 UTC 2006 XSCF gt The reset continues after this point EXAMPLE 3_ Sets January 27 16 59 00 2006 of the local time JST as the current time Au tomatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt setdate y s 012716592006 00 Fri Jan 27 16 59 00 JST 2006 The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y Fri Jan 27 07 59 00 UTC 2006 XSCF gt The reset continues after this point EXAMPLE 4 Sets January 27 16 59 00 2006 of the local time JST as the current time Au 160 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setdate 8 tomatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt setdate q y s 012716592006 00 XSCF gt The reset continues after this point EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setntp 8 settimezone 8 showdate 8 showntp 8 showtimezone 8 System Administration 161 setdate 8 162 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION setdcl 8 setdcl set a domain component list DCL setdcl d domain id s policy value setdcl d domain id s option value lsb Isb setdcl
24. OPTIONS The following options are supported a users c classes e events Displays the audit record generation policy for the specified users users is a comma separated list of valid user names Displays the audit record generation policy for the specified audit classes classes is a comma separated list of audit classes A class may be specified by its numeric value or its name The ACS_ prefix may be omitted For example the class of audit related events can be expressed as ACS_AUDIT AUDIT or 16 The following are valid classes all Denotes all classes ACS_SYSTEM 1 System related events ACS_WRITE 2 Commands that can modify a state ACS_READ 4 Commands that read a current state ACS_LOGIN 8 Login related events ACS_AUDIT 16 Audit related events ACS_DOMAIN 32 Domain management related events ACS_USER 64 User management related events ACS PLATFORM 128 Platform management related events ACS MODES 256 Mode related events Displays the audit record generation policy for the specified audit events events is a comma separated list of audit events An event may be specified by its numeric value or its name The AEV_ prefix may be omitted For example the event for SSH login can be expressed as AEV_LOGIN_SSH LOGIN_SSH or 0 See showaudit e all fora list of all valid events Displays the global user audit record generation policy Displays usage statement When used with other op
25. accepted XY where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command If c configure is specified when either of the following conditions apply to the domains the XSB is configured in the domain configuration m The Solaris OS of both the source and destination domains are running m The Solaris OS of the destination domain is running even though the source domain is powered off If c assign is specified when either of the following conditions apply to the domains the XSB is assigned to the domain configuration m The Solaris OS of the source domain is running a The source domain is powered off If c reserve is specified when either the domain power of the move source has been turned off or the Solaris OS is not running the XSB is immediately disconnected from the domain of the move source and assigned to the domain of the move destination Moving the XSB involves the following internal operations and therefore command execution may take time a Disconnecting the hardware resource of the XSB from the Solaris OS m Running a hardware diagnosis on the XSB when connecting it See the setdc1 8 and showdc1 8 commands for DCL EXAMPLE1 Disconnects XSB 00 0 from the current domain and attaches it to domain ID 1 XSCF gt moveboard d 1 00 0 S
26. container frutree chassis 1i0x983392 Label IOX XCX031 IOX iob1 PCIX container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXGXCX0O31 IOX iobl PCIX LINK container frutree chassis MBU B container frutree chassis MBU_B CPUM 0 CPUM container frutree chassis MBU B CPUM 1 CPUM container frutree chassis MBU_B MEMB 0 MEMB container frutree chassis MBU_B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 0 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 1 MEM container System Administration 113 prtfru 8 frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis MB frutree chassis XSC frutree chassis OPN frutree chassis PSU frutree chassis PSU frutree chassis TOU frutree chassis TOU frutree chassis FANBP_C 0 FANBP_C EXIT STATUS 0 gt 0 SEE ALSO ioxadm 8 114 B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 2 MEM container B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 3 MEM container B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 4 MEM container B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 5 MEM container B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 6 MEM container B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 7 MEM container B MEMB 1 MEMB container B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 8 MEM container B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 9 MEM container B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 10 M
27. continuing anyway CAfile home ares cross fje pwracc3 target root usr share ssl certs ca bundle crt CApath none SSL connection using EDH RSA DES CBC3 SHA Server certificate subject C US ST California L SanDiego O toho OU QT CN 10 7 79 18 emailAddress minilla zilla toho com bi start date 2008 07 22 18 32 49 GMT expire date 2009 07 22 18 32 49 GMT common name 10 7 79 18 matched issuer C US ST California L SanDiego O toho OU QT CN Lwang emailAddress minilla zilla toho com SSL certificate verify result error number 1 20 continuing anyway gt GET sollgell proxytest cfg HTTP 1 1 User Agent restoreconfig Host 10 7 79 18 Pragma no cache Accept lt HTTP 1 1 200 OK lt Date Tue 12 Aug 2008 22 02 12 GMT lt Server Apache 1 3 36 Unix mod_perl 1 29 mod ss1 2 8 27 OpenSSL 0 9 7d lt Last Modified Mon 04 Aug 2008 20 01 51 GMT System Administration 129 restoreconfig 8 lt ETag 4fa2a 601b 4897602f lt Accept Ranges bytes lt Content Length 24603 lt Content Type text plain Connection 0 to host 10 7 79 18 left intact Closing connection 0 done file decoding done Configuration backup created on Mon Aug 4 12 58 19 2008 from system M3000 with serial number IKS08220xx version 19830000 validating backup configuration data You will need to power cycle the entire system after this operation is completed Do you want
28. criteria to the end of the output 460 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 c classes D date time E end record viewaudit 8 Selects records in indicated classes classes is a comma separated list of audit classes A class may be specified by its numeric value or its name The ACS_ prefix may be omitted For example the class of audit related events can be expressed as ACS_AUDIT AUDIT or 16 The following are valid classes all Denotes all classes ACS_SYSTEM 1 System related events ACS_WRITE 2 Commands that can modify a state ACS_READ 4 Commands that read a current state ACS_LOGIN 8 Login related events ACS_AUDIT 16 Audit related events ACS_DOMAIN 32 Domain management related events ACS_USER 64 User management related events ACS_PLATFORM 128 Platform management related events ACS_MODES 256 Mode related events Selects records that occurred on a specific day a 24 hour period beginning at 00 00 00 of the day specified and ending at 23 59 59 The day specified is in local time in the following format yyyymmddhhmmss year month day hour minute second The time portion of the argument if supplied is ignored Any records with timestamps during that day are selected If any hours minutes or seconds are given they are ignored D cannot be used with A or B Selects the last record matching the selection criteria to
29. display System Administration 461 viewaudit 8 e events i audit ids m del p privilege results r return values S start record Selects records of the indicated events events is a comma separated list of audit events An event may be specified by its numeric value or its name The AEV_ prefix may be omitted For example the event for SSH login can be expressed as AEV_LOGIN_SSH LOGIN_SSH or 4 See showaudit e all fora list of valid events Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Selects records of the indicated audit session identifier If you become interested in activity reflected in a particular audit record you might wish to view all the audit records for that session An audit id is not persistent and can be reassigned across resets of the Service Processor audit ids is a comma separated list of audit session identifiers The audit id is the number following the label subject in an audit file For example in the following listing the audit id is 1 shown in boldface for emphasis subject 1 bob normal telnet 45880 jupiter Prints one line per record Uses del as the field delimiter instead of the default delimiter which is the comma If del has special meaning for the shell it must be quoted The maximum size of a delimiter is three characters The delimiter is not meaningful and is not used with the x option Specifies that UIDs and IP address
30. restore the system configuration information previously saved by dumpconfig restoreconfig v V a y n P password s network yes no u user p proxy t proxy_type url restoreconfig h The restoreconfig 8 command will restore system configuration information saved using the dumpconfig 8 command The command will verify the integrity of the configuration file look for network information and detect if the configuration file version and system class are compatible You must have platadm privileges to run this command Reserved user accounts default and admin can also run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts P password The password to decode an encrypted file The command will prompt for the password if a password is not provided on command line p proxy Specifies the proxy server to be used for transfers The default transfer type is http unless modified using the t proxy type option The value for proxy must be in the format servername port Refer to Example 3 a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts s network yes no force prevent restoration of the network configuration If network yes the network configuration data will be restored If network no the network c
31. route n 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 g 10 24 144 1 interface xscf O lan 1 status down IP address netmask 18 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 applynetwork 8 route Continue y n y On the M8000 M9000 servers XSCF gt applynetwork The following network settings will be applied xscf 0 hostname hostname 0 xscf 1 hostname hostname 1 DNS domain name example com nameserver 10 23 4 3 interface xscf O lan 0 status up IP address 10 24 144 214 netmask 7255255429530 route n 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 g 10 24 144 1 interface xscf 0 lan 1 status down IP address netmask route interface xscf 0 if status down IP address 10 24 100 1 netmask 1255525542550 interface lan 0 status down IP address netmask System Administration 19 applynetwork 8 interface xXSCf 1 lan 0 status up IP address 10 24 144 215 netmask 255 255 255 0 route n 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 g 10 24 144 1 interface xscf 1 lan 1 status down IP address netmask route interface xscf 1 if status down IP address 10 24 100 2 netmask 255 255 255 0 interface lan 1 status down IP address netmask Continue y n y EXAMPLE 2 Reflects the information that has been set for the XSCF network on the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt applynetwork y The following network settings will be applied xs
32. setdomparam d 0 use nvramrc DomainIDs of domains that will be affected 00 OpenBoot PROM variable use nvram will be set to false Continue y n y EXAMPLE2 Sets none for the security mode OpenBoot PROM environment variable of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdomparam d 0 security mode DomainIDs of domains that will be affected 00 OpenBoot PROM variable security mode will be set to none Continue y n y EXAMPLE 3 Initializes the OpenBoot PROM environment variables of the domain ID 0 to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory XSCF gt setdomparam d 0 set defaults DomainIDs of domains that will be affected 00 All OpenBoot PROM variable will be reset to original default values Continue y nl y EXAMPLE 4 Initializes the OpenBoot PROM environment variables of the domain ID 1 to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt setdomparam q y d 1 set defaults 178 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setdomparam 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 179 setdomparam 8 180 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION setdscp 8 setdscp set the IP address assignments for the Domain to Service Processor Communications
33. total numbe resto save total zeroe dropp total total total total code has no dictionary name fmri is missing or invalid time is not properly encoded version is missing or invalid events accepted by module on total buffer space buffer space used by module cases closed by module currently open by module cases solved by module r of checkpoints taken re checkpoints for module checkpoints for module checkpoint time d checkpoint at startup ed debug messages events dequeued by module events dispatched to module 9913lus hrtime of last event dequeue completion events dropped on queue overflow processing time after dequeue loadtime 1144424251692484us hrtime at which module was loaded memlimit 10M memtotal 97b prdequeued 0 Snaptime 11444248382991 thrlimit 8 limit total proto limit on total memory allocated memory allocated by module col events dequeued by module 48us hrtime of last statistics snapshot on number of auxiliary threads System Administration 71 fmstat 8 fmd thrtotal 0 fmd wcnt 0 total number of auxiliary threads count of events waiting on queue fmd wlastupdate 114442483829913lus hrtime of last wait queue update fmd wlentime 30us fmd wtime 30us fmd xprtlimit 256 fmd xprtopen 0 fmd xprtqlimit 256 log_err 0 msg_err 0 no_msg 0 XSCF gt fmstat total total limit total limit wait length time product wait time on queue on number of
34. 00 02 Power_Status Off AC 200 V PSU 1 Status Normal Serial 0000000 ASTECB18 FRU Part Number CF00300 1898 0002 300 1898 00 02 Power_Status Off AC 200 V PSU 2 Status Normal Serial 0000000 DELTAB19 FRU Part Number CF00300 1898 0002 300 1898 00 02 Power_Status Off AC 200 V PSU 3 Status Normal Serial 0000000 ASTECBO9 FRU Part Number CF00300 1898 0002 300 1898 00 02 Power_Status Off AC 200 V FANBP_C Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000053 FRU Part Number CA06629 D0O51 001AA j FAN_A 0 Status Normal FAN A 1 Status Normal FAN A 2 Status Normal FAN A 3 Status Normal 350 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 showhardconf 8 EXAMPLE2 Displays the number of installed FRUs in the M9000 server XSCF gt showhardconf u SPARC Enterprise M9000 Memory_Size 432 GB FRU Quantity CMU 9 CPUM 36 Freq 2 277 GHz 30 Freq 2 376 GHz 6 MEM 224 Type 1B Size 1 GB 16 Type 2B Size 2 GB 208 IOU 9 IOBOX 1 IOB 2 PSU 2 XSCFU_B 2 XSCFU_C 2 XBU_B 16 CLKU_B 4 OPNL T PSU 30 FANBP_A 2 FANBP_B 2 FAN_A 32 SWBP 2 MEDBP 2 System Administration 351 showhardconf 8 EXAMPLE3 Displays the number of installed FRUs in the M3000 server XSCF gt showhardconf u
35. 2 PROC 0 0 0 3 PROC 0 0 0 4 PROC 0 0 0 5 PROC 0 0 0 6 PROC 0 0 0 7 PROC 0 0 0 8 PROC 0 0 0 9 PROC 0 0 0 10 PROC 0 0 0 11 PROC 0 0 0 12 PROC 0 0 0 304 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO 13 PROC 0 0 14 PROC 0 0 15 PROC 0 0 Unused PROC 0 0 showcodusage 8 EXAMPLE 4 Displaying COD Usage by Resource and Domain M5000 Server XSCF gt showcodusage v Resource PROC In Use Domain Resource In Use Installed 0 PROC 0 0 1 PROC 0 0 2 PROC 0 0 3 PROC 0 0 Unused PROC 0 4 00 0 PROC 0 4 CPUMOO CPUO CPUMOO CPU1 CPUMO1 CPUO CPUMO1 CPU1 The following exit values are returned 0 gt 0 Successful completion An error occurred Installed Licensed Status 0 OK 0 available Reserved Status Unused Unused Unused Unused addcodlicense 8 deletecodlicense 8 showcodlicense 8 System Administration 305 showcodusage 8 306 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showconsolepath 8 showconsolepath displays information on the domain console that is currently connected showconsolepath a showconsolepath d domain id showconsolepath h The showconsolepath 8 command displays information on the domain console that is currently connected The fo
36. 423 showstatus 8 module in a CPU memory unit are degraded because of an error XSCF showstatus CMU 0 CPUM 0 CHIP 0 Status Faulted K MEM 00A Status Faulted EXAMPLE2 Displays the degraded units In this example a memory module on a memory board is degraded because of an error XSCF gt showstatus MBU_B MEMB 0 MEM 0A Status Faulted EXAMPLE3 Displays the degraded units In this example a CPU memory board unit and memory module on a motherboard unit are degraded because of an error XSCF showstatus MBU B Status Normal MEMB 1 Status Deconfigured a MEM 3B Status Deconfigured EXAMPLE 4 Displays the degraded units In this example a CPU memory board unit is degraded because a crossbar unit is degraded XSCF gt showstatus MBU_B Status Normal kaj CPUM 1 CHIP 1 Status Deconfigured XBU_B 0 Status Degraded EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 424 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showtelnet 8 showtelnet display the current status of the Telnet service for the XSCF network showtelnet showtelnet h showtelnet 8 command displays the current status of the Telnet service for the XSCF network One of the following states is displayed enable The T
37. 6 disable down enable up 1 0 disable down enable up 1 2 disable down enable up 1 4 disable down enable up 1 6 disable down enable up 2 0 disable down enable up 2 2 disable down enable up 2 4 disable down enable up 2 6 disable down enable up 8 0 enable up enable up System Administration 25 cfgdevice 8 8 2 disable down enable up 8 4 disable down enable up 8 6 disable down enable up EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 When the system is being powered off reserves the connection of the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to the port 0 0 XSCF gt cfgdevice c attach p 0 0 Are you sure you want to attach the device y n y Completed Reservation EXAMPLE2 When the system is being powered on connects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to port 0 0 XSCF gt cfgdevice c attach p 0 0 Are you sure you want to attach the device y n y Completed EXAMPLE 3 Disconnects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit from the port 0 0 XSCF gt cfgdevice f c detach p 0 0 Are you sure you want to detach the device y n y Completed EXAMPLE 4 Displays the status of individual CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit set on the M8000 server and the M9000 server without the expan sion cabinet XSCF gt cfgdevice 1 Current connection for DVD DAT port 0 0 Expander status Port No IOU SAS status SAS status 0 0 enable up enable up 0 2 disable down enable up EXAMPLE 5 Displays the status o
38. Accra Africa Addis Ababa Africa Algiers Africa Asmera Africa Bamako Africa Bangui EXAMPLE 3_ Sets the Daylight Saving Time information as follows abbreviation of time zone is JST the offset from GMT is 9 the name of Daylight Saving Time is JDT Daylight Saving Time is 1 hour ahead and the time period is from the last Monday of March 2 00 to the last Sunday of October 2 00 XSCF gt settimezone c adddst b JST o GMT 9 d JDT f M3 5 0 t M10 5 0 JST 9JDT M3 5 0 M10 5 0 EXAMPLE4 Sets the Daylight Saving Time information as follows abbreviation of time zone is JST the offset from GMT is 9 the name of Daylight Saving Time is JDT the offset of Daylight Saving Time from GMT is 10 and the time period is from the first Sunday of April 0 00 to the first Sunday of September 0 00 XSCF gt settimezone c adddst b JST o GMT 9 d JDT p GMT 10 f M4 1 0 00 00 00 t M9 1 0 00 00 00 JST 9JDT 10 M4 1 0 00 00 00 M9 1 0 00 00 00 EXAMPLE5 Deletes the Daylight Saving Time information of current settings XSCF gt settimezone c deldst b JST o GMT 9 268 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO settimezone 8 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setdate 8 showdate 8 showtimezone 8 System Administration 269 settimezone 8 270 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last R
39. EXTENDED m If the specified address is the same as the DSCP address an error occurs DESCRIPTION a For XSCF LAN 0 and XSCF LAN 1 do not set the routing to the same network or the same host m To reflect the routing information to XSCF execute the applynetwork 8 command After reflected the information use the reboot xscf 8 command to reset XSCF to complete the setting m The showroute 8 command can display the current routing information that is set for the XSCF network EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Adds the routing of destination 192 168 1 0 and netmask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 192 168 1 0 m 255 255 255 0 xscf 0 lan 0 EXAMPLE2 Adds the routing of destination 192 168 1 0 and gateway 192 168 1 1 for System Administration 233 setroute 8 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 192 168 1 0 g 192 168 1 1 xscf 0 lan 1 EXAMPLE3 Adds the routing of destination 192 168 1 0 and default netmask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 192 168 1 0 xscf 0 lan 1 EXAMPLE4 Deletes the routing of destination 192 168 1 0 and default netmask 255 255 255 0 from XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c del n 192 168 1 0 m 255 255 255 0 xscf 0 lan 1 EXAMPLE5 Adds the routing of destination 192 168 1 4 for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 192 168 1 4 xscf 0 lan 1 EXAMPLE6 Deletes the
40. Mar3017 302005 Date Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 50 31 JST 2005 Event System Power On Domain Power Off Domain Power On Cause DID Switch AC Restored Locked Panel 00 Locked Operator 00 Service EXAMPLE9 Displays a console message log of the domain ID 0 XSCF gt showlogs console d 00 DomainID 00 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 disk 0 0 a File and args Mar 30 17 55 32 JST 2005 Executing last command boot Boot device pci 83 4000 FJSV ulsa 2 1 SunOS Release 5 10 Version Generic 64 bit Note The codes or messages shown here may differ from those actually displayed The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 377 showlogs 8 378 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showlookup 8 showlookup display the configuration for authentication and privileges lookup showlookup showlookup h showlookup 8 displays configuration settings for authentication and privileges You must have useradm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 Displaying Settings for Authentication and Privileges XSCF gt
41. Mirror Memory mirror mode set for the PSB One of the following Mode values is displayed yes Memory mirror mode no Memory no mirror mode You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays the settings of all devices h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 343 showfru 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported device Specifies the device to display Currently only the following device can be specified sb Physical system board PSB location Specifies the location of device If the device is sb an integer ranging from 00 to 15 can be specified EXTENDED The setupfru 8 command makes hardware settings for a device DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays the settings of all PSBs XSCF gt showfru a sb Device Location XSB Mode Memory Mirror Mode sb 00 Quad no sb 01 Uni yes sb 02 Quad no sb 03 Uni no EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 344 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showhardconf 8 showhardconf display inform
42. Passed Normal y EXAMPLES Displays system boards located in the system board pool XSCF gt showboards a c sp XSB DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test 00 0 SP Available y n n Passed 00 2 SP Available y n n Passed 00 3 SP Available y n n Passed Normal Normal Normal System Administration 295 showboards 8 EXAMPLE6 Displays the system boards that are defined for domain ID 0 and located in the system board pool XSCF gt showboards d 0 c sp XSB DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault 00 2 SP Available y n n Passed Normal EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addboard 8 addcodlicense 8 deleteboard 8 deletecodlicense 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showcodlicense 8 showcodusage 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showfru 8 296 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES showcod 8 showcod display Capacity on Demand COD configuration information showcod v d domain id showcod h showcod 8 displays the COD information which includes the headroom amount number of installed COD right to use RTU licenses the number of COD RTU licenses reserved for domains and the Chassis Hostid The showcod 8 command is not supported on the M3000 server When used without arguments
43. Powering off 02 Powering off 03 Powering off Note in This command only issues the instruction to power off rhe result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power 104 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 poweroff 8 EXAMPLE2 Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 0 XSCF gt poweroff d 0 DomainIDs to power off 00 Continue y n y 00 Powering off Note p This command only issues the instruction to power off The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE 3 Forcibly turns off power to domains with domain IDs 0 XSCF gt poweroff f d 0 DomainIDs to power off 00 The f option will cause domains to be immediately resets Continue y n y 00 Powering off Note This command only issues the instruction to power off a rhe result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE4 Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 2 Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt poweroff y d 2 DomainIDs to power off 02 Continue y n Y 02 Powering off Note po This command only issues the instruction to power off The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE5 Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 2 Automatically replies with System Administration 105 poweroff 8 y without displ
44. Processor that require privilege even if privileges are set for the user in LDAP This privilege allows the administrator to restrict access to such operations on the Service Processor and domains platadm Can perform all Service Processor configuration other than the useradm and auditadm tasks Can assign and unassign hardware from domains perform domain and XSCF power operations and all operations on domain hardware assign unassign power and so on Can perform Service Processor failover operations and view all platform states platop Can view all platform states but not perform any modifications useradm Can create delete disable or enable user accounts Can change a user s password and password properties for example expiry Can modify a user s privileges user Specifies a valid user name EXAMPLE1 Setting Privileges for JSmith XSCF gt setprivileges jsmith platadm domainadm 1 4 6 9 EXAMPLE2 Removing All Privileges for JSmith XSCF gt setprivileges jsmith none The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administration 229 setprivileges 8 SEE ALSO setpasswordpolicy 8 showuser 8 230 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setroute 8 setroute set routing information for an XSCF network interface setroute c add del
45. Restored Locked Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked Mar 30 17 50 31 JST 2005 Domain Power On Operator 00 Service EXAMPLE5 Displays a power log in the order of timestamps starting from the latest timestamp XSCF gt showlogs power r Date Event Cause DID Switch Mar 30 17 50 31 JST 2005 Domain Power On Operator 00 Service Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored Locked Mar 30 17 25 31 JST 2005 System Power Off Power Failure Service EXAMPLE6 Displays the specified range of a power log XSCF gt showlogs power t Mar3017 302005 T Mar3017 492005 Date Event Cause DID Switch Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored Locked Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked 376 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXIT STATUS showlogs 8 EXAMPLE 7 Displays the specified range of a power log The log is displayed in the order of timestamps starting from the latest timestamp XSCF gt showlogs power t Mar3017 302005 Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 Event Domain Power Off System Power On T Mar3017 492005 r Cause DID Switch Operator 00 Locked AC Restored sh Locked EXAMPLE 8 Displays the specified date of a power log Data with this date or later in the log is displayed XSCF gt showlogs power t
46. Specifies the number of COD CPUs currently used in the system Specifies the number of COD CPUs installed in the system Specifies the number of COD RTU licenses installed Specifies one of the following COD attributes OK HEADROOM Violation Indicates that there are sufficient licenses for the COD CPUs in use Also displays the number of remaining COD resources available and the number of any instant access CPUs headroom available The number of instant access COD CPUs in use Indicates a COD RTU license violation exists Displays the number of COD CPUs in use that exceeds the number of COD RTU licenses available This situation can occur when you force the deletion of a COD RTU license key from the COD RTU license database but the COD CPU associated with the license key is still in use The showcodusage p domain command displays the following COD usage information for each domain Domain Resource Identifies COD RTU resource processor for each domain An Unused processor is a COD CPU that has not yet been assigned to a domain In Use Specifies the number of COD CPUs currently used in the domain 302 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXAMPLES Installed Reserved Status showcodusage 8 Specifies the number of COD CPU resources installed in the domain Specifies the number of COD RTU licenses allocated to the domain Contains one of
47. The manuals listed below are provided for reference Book Titles Manual Codes SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Site Planning Guide C120 H030 SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Site Planning Guide C120 H015 SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Site Planning Guide C120 H014 SPARC Enterprise Equipment Rack Mounting Guide C120 H016 SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Getting Started Guide C120 E536 SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Getting Started Guide C120 E345 SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Getting Started Guide C120 E323 SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Overview Guide C120 E537 SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Overview Guide C120 E346 SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Overview Guide C120 E324 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual October 2008 Book Titles Important Safety Information for Hardware Systems SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Safety and Compliance Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Safety and Compliance Guide SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Safety and Compliance Guide External I O Expansion Unit Safety and Compliance Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 Server Unpacking Guide SPARC Enterprise M5000 Server Unpacking Guide SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Unpacking Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Installation Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Installation Guide SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Installation Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Service Manual SPARC Enterpris
48. This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command u user name Specify the user account name to display the user public key Should be specified with c pubkey When the u option omitted the user public key of the current login user account will be displayed You can specify the automatically numbered user public key number to delete the user public key by setssh 8 command The setssh 8 command makes settings for the SSH service in the XSCF network EXAMPLE 1 Displays the information of host public keys XSCF gt showssh SSH status enabled RSA key ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaClyc2EAAAABIWAAAIEAt 01G3wfpQnGr51znS9XtzwHcBBb UUOLNO8SilUXE64 avlxdY7AFqBfIwGxLF Tx5pTa6HuZ808yUBbDZVJAAAAFQCfKPxarV 5qzK4A43Qaigkaqu 6QAAATBM LQ122G8pwibESrh5JmOhSxpLz13P26ksI8qPr 7BxmjLROk Fingerprint 1024 e4 35 6a 45 b4 f7 e8 ce b0 b9 82 80 2e 73 33 c4 etc ssh ssh host rsa key pub DSA key ssh dss AAAAB3NzaC1kc3MAAACBAJSy4GxD7Tk4 xFvyW1DONUDqZQPY3 PuY2IG7QC4BQ1kewDnb1B8 JEqI 8pnfbWzmOWU3 7KHL1 9OEYNAV6v WZT6RE1U5 Pyb8F1 6uq9 6L8QDMswF LICMZgrn ilJN Str6rs8 KDJ fw0QMmKOeeDFj2mL4ONOvaLQ83 rRwW6Ny yF1Rgv6PUpUgRLw4VeRb uOfmPRpe 6 kb4z 1Ohtp WI9bay6CKOnrFRok z54ez7BrDFBOVUNZX9PyEFezJG9ziEYVUag 23LIAiLxxBmW9paa WxC21Ja4RQ VN3009kmVwAAATAON1LR IJAd7yyG18 Ue7eBBJHrCAOpkSzvf zzFFj5XUzQOBdabh5p5Rwz 1vriawFI SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EX
49. about to start Continue y n y Ignore warmup time and air conditioner wait time Continue y n y SB power on sequence started Oend Initial diagnosis started 1800sec Oiau 3 Osi 60 9 Oze 120end Initial diagnosis has completed SB power off sequence started 1200sec 0 end SB powered off XSB Test Fault System Administration Ignores the settings for the warm up time of the system and the wait time be 447 testsb 8 00 0 Passed Normal 01 0 Passed Normal 02 0 Passed Normal 03 0 Passed Normal EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addfru 8 deletefru 8 replacefru 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showfru 8 448 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS traceroute 8 traceroute displays the route packets take to the specified network host or the network device traceroute n r v m maxttl p port a nqueries s src_addr w wait host traceroute h The traceroute 8 command displays the route packets take to the specified network host or the network device The route packets take indicates the router gateway which interconnects the specified host or the network device and indicates what kind of the routers located on the route The traceroute 8 command uses the TTL field of IP protocol and tries to
50. among the FRUs composing the system You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command The showstatus 8 shows the information concerning a unit failed or degraded and the unit on the upper hierarchy among the FRUs composing the system Status will be followed by any of the status described below Beside a unit failed or degraded placed an indicating the locating fault Status Description Normal The component is normally operating Faulted The component is faulty and is not operating Degraded The component is operating However either an error has been detected or the component is faulty As a result the component might be operating with reduced functionality or performance Deconfigured Asa result of another component s faulted or degraded status the component is not operating The component itself is not faulted or degraded Maintenance The component is under maintenance A deletefru 8 replacefru 8 or addfru 8 operation is currently underway EXAMPLE1 Displays the degraded units In this example a CPU module and memory System Administration
51. any of the following states Status Description Faulted The component is faulty and is not operating Degraded The component is operating However either an error has been detected or the component is faulty As a result the component might be operating with reduced functionality or performance Deconfigured Asa result of another component s faulted or degraded status the component is not operating The component itself is not faulted or degraded Maintenance The component is under maintenance A deletefru 8 replacefru 8 or addfru 8 operation is currently underway Normal It is operating normally EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays the information of the FRUs in the M5000 server XSCF gt showhardconf SPARC Enterprise M5000 Serial BE80601021 Operator_Panel_Switch Service Power Supply System Single SCF ID XSCF 0 System Power On System Phase Cabinet Power On Domain 0 Domain Status Powered Off MBU B Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000297 FRU Part Number CA20393 B50X A2 A Memory Size 64 GB CPUM 0 CHIP 0 Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial PP0629L068 FRU Part Number CA06761 D104 AO Freq 2 150 GHz Type 16 Core 2 Strand 2 CPUM 0 CHIP 1 Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial PP0629L068 FRU Part Number CA06761 D104 AO ki Freq 2 150 GHz Type 16 Core 2 Strand 2 346 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 showhardconf 8 CPUM 3 CHIP 0 Stat
52. assigned more than one privilege A list of privileges can be found in the OPERANDS section The privileges domainop domainmgr and domainadm must be assigned to a specific domain Other privileges do not have this ability Refer to the OPERANDS section and EXAMPLE 1 for details If no privileges are specified setprivileges deletes any local privilege data for the specified user Subsequently the user s privilege data is looked up in Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP if LDAP privilege lookup is enabled If the none privilege is specified the specified user does not have any privileges regardless of privilege data in LDAP You must have useradm privileges to run this command The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 227 setprivileges 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported domainprivilege domains Specifies domainadm domainmgr or domainop privileges for a specific domain or domains The following are valid values for domainprivilege each of which must be used with domains domainadm domainmgr domainop domains privileges Can perform all operations and view status on the hardware assigned to the domains on which this privilege is held assign unassign power and so on Can perform all operations on domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of domains on
53. background on each system It receives telemetry information relating to problems detected by the system software diagnoses these problems and initiates proactive self healing activities such as disabling faulty components You can use fmstat to view statistics for diagnosis engines and agents that are currently participating in fault management The fmadm 8 and fmdump 8 man pages describe more about tools to observe fault management activities If the m option is present fmstat reports any statistics kept by the specified fault management module The module list can be obtained using fmadm config If the m option is not present fmstat reports the following statistics for each of its client modules module The name of the fault management module as reported by fmadm config ev_recv The number of telemetry events received by the module ev_acpt The number of events accepted by the module as relevant to a diagnosis wait The average number of telemetry events waiting to be examined by the module svc_t The average service time for telemetry events received by the module in milliseconds Sw The percentage of time that there were telemetry events waiting to be examined by the module Sb The percentage of time that the module was busy processing telemetry events open The number of active cases open problem investigations owned by the module System Administration 69 fmstat 8 solve memsz bufsz
54. both XSCFUs Check the man page of this command before you run it Continue yes no default no yes You must check the following points 1 Have the ability to powercycle the system 2 Have access to the serial console and hold the serial console of the XSCFU to confirm the completion of the command If you answer yes this command will HALT the XSCFU when it compltetes You will need to powercycle the system after the XSCF BOOT STOP Do you really want to continue Continue yes no default no yes The initialization of XSCFU will be started XSCFU all data clear OPNL all data clear exclude SYSTEM ID data System Administration 135 restoredefaults 8 XSCF will be automatically rebooted Afterwards XSCFU will be initialized Continue yes no default no yes The NVRAM setting of XSCFU 0 was completed XSCF shutdown request was completed snip XSCF reboot snip k WARNING XSCF initialization terminate for XSCF OPNL data clear execute setdefaults factory AUTO start DBS start wait 20s for DBS initialization complete complete OPNL reset complete restore SYSTEM ID data complete bin rm var log lastlog gt dev null bin rm var log boot log gt dev null bin rm hcpcommon tmp log data clear complete NVRAM PAGE 0 clear complete NVRAM PAGE 7 clear complete NVRAM reset complete unmount filesystem start unmount hcp0 linux unm
55. devices on a domain float Whether to set a priority for the board as a floating board relative to other boards If policy is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value fru Degrades the target Field Replaceble Unit FRU for an error detected by a diagnosis xsb Degrades the target XSB for an error detected by a diagnosis system Stops the target domain for an error detected by a diagnosis If no mem is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value true Omits the use of memory on a domain false Does not omit the use of memory on a domain default System Administration 165 setdcl 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 166 EXAMPLES If no io is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value true Omits the use of I O devices on a domain false Does not omit the use of I O devices on a domain default If float is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value true Gives a higher priority regarding floating boards false Does not give a higher priority regarding floating boards default The following operands are supported Isb Specifies the number of the LSB whose information is to be set Specify by using an integer ranging from 0 to 15 Multiple Isbs can be specified by delimiting with spaces Specifies unique lsb within the domain If the same sb number is specified an error
56. diagnosis on PSB 00 XSCF gt testsb 0 Initial diagnosis is about to start Continue y n y SB 00 power on sequence started Oend Initial diagnosis started 1800sec Daag SO tte 60 nee SKO RIORES 120end Initial diagnosis has completed SB power off sequence started 1200sec 0 end SB powered off XSB Test Fault 00 0 Passed Normal 00 1 Passed Normal 00 2 Passed Normal 00 3 Passed Normal EXAMPLE2 Performs an initial diagnosis of PSB 01 with detailed messages displayed XSCF gt testsb v 1 Initial diagnosis is about to start Continue y n y SB 01 powered on sequence started Initial diagnosis has completed 0 ok SB power off sequence started 1200sec 0 end SB powered off XSB Test Fault 01 0 Passed Normal 446 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXAMPLE 4 testsb 8 EXAMPLE3 Performs the initial diagnosis on all the PSB that are mounted XSCF gt testsb c all Initial diagnosis is about to start Continue y n y SB power on sequence started Oend Initial diagnosis started 1800sec O RAE ZON de sw GO vip igs JO lez 120end Initial diagnosis has completed SB power off sequence started 1200sec 0 end SB powered off XSB Test Fault 00 0 Passed Normal 01 0 Passed Normal 02 0 Passed Normal 03 0 Passed Normal fore system startup to perform the initial diagnosis on the PSB that are mounted XSCF gt testsb c all Initial diagnosis is
57. domain configuration and reserves assignment of the XSB to the domain configuration of the move destination If the c option is omitted c configure is used Specifies the ID of the destination domain in which an XSB is to be moved domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Forcibly detaches the specified XSB Caution If the f option is used to forcibly remove the XSB from the source domain a serious problem may occur in a process bound to CPU or process accessing a device For this reason use of the f option is not recommended in normal operation If the f option must be specified verify the statuses of the source domain and job processes Note The XSB which failed or detected the failure will not be configured to the DCL forcibly Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs moun Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Specifies verbose output If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored mon Automatically answers y yes to all prompts 92 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES moveboard 8 The following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number to be moved Multiple xsb operands are permitted separated by spaces The following xsb form is
58. gt 0 An error occurred 28 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS clockboard 8 clockboard Set or display the clock control unit used at system startup clockboard clockboard s CLKU B number clockboard h The clockboard 8 command specifies the clock control unit used when the system power is turned on or it displays the clock control unit that is currently used and the clock control unit used at the next system startup The clockboard 8 command is available only for the M8000 M9000 servers The number 0 or 1 is used to specify or display a clock control unit When the clockboard 8 command is executed with no options the clock control unit that is currently used and the one used at the next system startup are displayed You must have fieldeng privilege to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s CLKU_B number Specifies the clock control unit to be used the next time the system power is turned on Either 0 or 1 can be specified for CLKU_B number EXAMPLE1 Displays the clock control unit that is currently used and the one used at the next system startup XSCF gt clockboard current CLKU_B number 0 next CLKU B number 1 EXAMPLE2 Spec
59. in some time T has been exceeded The s option can only be used in combination with the m option Omits statistics with a zero value from the report associated with the specified fault management module The z option can only be used in combination with the m option OPERANDS The following operands are supported count interval Print only count reports and then exit Print a new report every interval seconds 70 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXAMPLES fmstat 8 If neither count nor interval is specified a single report is printed and fmstat exits If an interval is specified but no count is specified fmstat prints reports every interval seconds indefinitely until the command is interrupted by Ctrl C EXAMPLE 1 Displaying FM Statistics for the Syslog Module XSCF gt fmstat a m syslog msgs NAME VALUE bad_code 0 bad_fmri 0 bad_time 0 bad_vers 0 fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd fmd accepted 0 buflimit 10M buftotal 0 caseclosed 0 caseopen 0 casesolved 0 ckptcnt 0 ckptrestore true ckptsave true ckpttime 0d ckptzero false debugdrop 4 dequeued 1 dispatched 1 dlastupdate 11444248382 dropped 0 dtime 0d DESCRIPTION event event event event total limit total total cases
60. network address or conflicts with an address already assigned to another domain or the Service Processor You can override such errors by using the f option Using the f option with a conflicting IP address may cause misconfiguration You must resolve such conflicts for DSCP to operate properly With no arguments setdscp enters an interactive mode that prompts you to enter all of the DSCP IP address information sequentially The noninteractive method setting up the IP addresses of all domains using the i and m options is preferred After inputting all the requested settings you can review the settings and decide whether to commit them to the DSCP configuration database System Administration 181 setdscp 8 Note The y and n options can be used with or without the q option when running setdscp in interactive mode Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported d domain id SE h i address m netmask SA Domain identifier Must be used with i address option domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Forces setdscp to ignore out of range and address conflict errors and commits the new settings Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies an IP address in the IPv4 dotted decimal format When use
61. null 2 gt amp 1 setdefaults XSCF clear bin rm hcpcommon tmp panel up to date fail gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 setdefaults XSCF clear log data clear complete setdefaults XSCF clear NVRAM PAGE 0 clear complete setdefaults XSCF clear NVRAM PAGE 7 clear complete setdefaults XSCF clear NVRAM reset complete 134 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 restoredefaults 8 setdefaults XSCF clear unmount filesystem start dbs 282 NOTICE received signal 15 setdefaults XSCF clear unmount hcp0 linux setdefaults XSCF clear unmount hcpcommon firmtmp complete setdefaults XSCF clear unmount filesystem complete setdefaults XSCF clear end setdefaults complete Please turn off the breaker after XSCF halt The system is going down NOW Please stand by while rebooting the system Restarting system XSCF uboot 01950000 Apr 15 2007 11 08 18 XSCF uboot 01950000 Apr 15 2007 11 08 18 SCF board boot factor a040 DDR Real size 512 MB DDR 480 MB XSCF BOOT STOP recover by NFB OFF ON EXAMPLE 2 Restores the server to the state as of the factory shipment XSCF gt restoredefaults c factory WARNING If this system does not have OPNL this command will set all the user settable XSCF configuration parameters to their default value as they were set when the system was shipped out Furthemore this command will delete all logs on
62. occurs On the M3000 server you cannot specify this option m If the XSB associated with the specified LSB has been configured in the domain configuration the information that is set for the LSB cannot be changed Before making such a change unassign the XSB from the domain configuration by executing the deleteboard 8 command or re configure it in another domain configuration by executing the moveboard 8 command m If the specified domain is running the value of policy cannot be changed To change the value first turn off power to the domain m The currently set DCL information can be checked by using the showdc1 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Sets XSB 00 0 for LSB 00 and XSB 00 1 for LSB 01 of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdcl d 0 a 00 00 0 01 00 1 EXAMPLE 2 Sets no mem true for LSB 00 and 01 of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdcl d 0 s no mem true 00 01 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setdcl 8 EXAMPLE3 Sets policy system for domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdcl d 0 s policy system EXAMPLE 4 Clear the XSBs associated with LSB 00 and 01 of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdcl d 0 r 00 01 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showfru 8 System Administration 167 setdcl 8 168 SPARC Enterpri
63. omitted p bydevice is used v Displays information on all I O devices including those that are not management targets As information on the 1 O devices that are not management targets however only physical configurations are displayed and resources and use states are not displayed OPERANDS The following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number for which information is to be displayed The following xsb form is accepted ry where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays the information of the physical devices configured on the XSB 00 0 and their available resources XSCF gt showdevices 00 0 CPU DID XSB id state speed ecache 00 00 0 40 on line 2048 4 00 00 0 41 on line 2048 4 00 00 0 42 on line 2048 4 00 00 0 43 on line 2048 4 Memory board perm base domain target deleted remaining System Administration 319 showdevices 8 320 DID XSB mem MB mem MB address 00 00 0 2048 1290 0x000003c000000000 00 00 1 2048 0 0x0000038000000000 00 00 2 2048 0 0x0000034000000000 00 00 3 2048 0 0x0000030000000000 00 01 0 2048 0 0x000002c000000000 00 02 0 2048 0 0x0000028000000000 IO Devices DID XSB device resource 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk c0t3d0s0 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk cOt3s0s1i 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk c0t3s0s1 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk c0t3d0s3 00 00 0 sd3 var run EXAMPLE 2 XSCF gt showdevices CPU DID XSB 00 00 0 00 00 0 00 00 0 00 00 0 00 01 0 00 01 0 00 01 0
64. on the specified month day and year ddMonyy hh mm ss Day month name year hour in 24 hour format Mon dd hh mm ss minute and second Any amount of whitespace can separate the date and time The argument should be quoted so that the shell interprets the two strings as a single argument Month day hour in 24 hour format minute and second of the current year Any amount of whitespace can separate the date and time The argument should be quoted so that the shell interprets the two strings as a single argument System Administration 63 fmdump 8 EXAMPLES Time Format Description yyyy mm dd T hh mm ss ddMonyy hh mm ss hh mm Tns Tnsec Tus Tusec Tms Tmsec Ts Tsec Tm Tmin Th Thour Td Tday Year month day and optional hour in 24 hour format minute and second where T is an integer value specified in base 10 The second or hour minute and second can be optionally omitted 12 00 00AM on the specified day month name and year Hour in 24 hour format minute and second of the current day Hour in 24 hour format and minute of the current day T nanoseconds ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T microseconds ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T milliseconds ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T seconds ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T minutes ago where T is an integer value spe
65. only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following operands are supported d domain id Specifies the domain ID of the domain to be displayed domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs EXTENDED m If the Mode switch of the operator panel is set to Service the settings of the DESCRIPTION modes of operation for the specified domain have the following values regardless of the domain mode displayed by the showdomainmode 8 command a OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level Diagnostic Level CPU operational mode CPU Mode operates as the showdomainmode 8 command display a Host watchdog and suppress break signal reception Secure Mode auto boot function Autoboot off m When the OpenBoot PROM environmental variable auto boot has been set to false the auto boot function is disabled m The setdomainmode 8 command sets the modes of operation specified for a domain EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays the modes of operation that is set for domain ID 0 XSCF gt showdomainmode d 0 Host ID 0 010f 10 Diagnostic Level min Secure Mode on Autoboot on CPU Mode auto EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 324 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 showdomainmod
66. open transports number of open transports on transport event queue length failed to log message to log 7D failed to log message to sysmsg 7D message logging suppressed module ev recv ev acpt wait case close fmd self diagnosis sysevent transport syslog msgs 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 EXAMPLE2 Displaying FM Statistics for fmd Self Diagnosis Module XSCF gt fmstat z m fmd self diagnosis NAME VALUE module 1 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO fmadm 8 fmdump 8 DESCRIPTION 72 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 error events received from fmd modules 0 0 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS getflashimage 8 getflashimage download a firmware image file getflashimage v a y n u user p proxy t proxy type l url getflashimage 1 getflashimage a y n d getflashimage h The getflashimage 8 command downloads a firmware image file for use by the flashupdate 8 command If any previous image files of the firmware are present on the XSCF unit they are deleted prior to downloading the new version After successful download the image file is checked for integrity and the MD5 checksum is displayed You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to s
67. other options or operands an error occurs s time Specifies the warm up time or wait time before system startup in minutes An integer ranging from 0 to 255 can be specified for time m The currently set warm up time and wait time before system startup can be checked by using the showpowerupdelay 8 command m When the power is turned on from the operator panel the wait time and warm up time that you set are ignored If you have set these times and wish to observe them at startup perform the poweron 8 command EXAMPLE1 Sets the warm up time to 10 minutes XSCF gt setpowerupdelay c warmup s 10 EXAMPLE 2 Sets the wait time before system startup to 20 minutes XSCF gt setpowerupdelay c wait s 20 System Administration 225 setpowerupdelay 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showpowerupdelay 8 226 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setprivileges 8 setprivileges assign user privileges setprivileges user privileges domainprivilege domains setprivileges h setprivileges 8 assigns privileges to an XSCF user setprivileges modifies only local privileges data Multiple privileges are separated by one or more spaces There is a maximum of 100 unique users to whom privileges can be assigned Each of the 100 unique user can be
68. ps1i TOX ps1 A195 container TOX iobl IOX iob1 PCIX container IOX iob1 PCIX LINK IOX iob1 PCIX LINK container 1 MEMB MEM 8 MEM container 112 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 prtfru 8 frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 9 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 10 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 11 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 12 MEM container frutree chassis MBU_B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 13 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 14 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 15 MEM container frutree chassis XSCFU container frutree chassis OPNL container frutree chassis PSU 0 fru frutree chassis PSU 0 PSU container frutree chassis PSU 2 fru frutree chassis PSU 2 PSU container frutree chassis IOU 0 fru frutree chassis IOU 0 IOU container frutree chassis IOU 0 IOU DDCR 0 DDCR container frutree chassis FANBP_C 0 fru frutree chassis FANBP_C 0 FANBP_C container EXAMPLE 2 Displaying A list of Containers XSCF gt prtfru lc frutree chassis iou0 TOU slot3 LINK container frutree chassis i0x983392 Label IOX XCX031 IOX container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXGXCX0O31 ITOX ps0 A195 container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXGXCX0O31 ITOX ps1 A195
69. pursuant to POSIX standard You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Lists the time zones that can be set c settz Sets the time zone which complies with POSIX standards c adddst Manually sets the time zone and Daylight Saving Time c deldst Deletes the time zone and Daylight Saving Time b std Specifies the abbreviations of time zone For std specify an abbreviation of 3 letters or more You can specify it in the format which complies with RFC2822 In case specified in combination with c adddst it will be linked with the time zone to be set When specified in combination with c delast the link with the time zone which has been set will be cancelled d dst Specifies the name of Daylight Saving Time For dst specify the alphabets of 3 letters or more You can specify it in the format which complies with RFC2822 System Administration 263 settimezone 8 f date time Specifies the starting time of Daylight Saving Time You can specify date in any of the following formats Mm w d Mm Specifies the month to start Daylight Saving Time For m you can specify any integer from 1 to 12 w Specifies the week to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 5 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Specifies the day of the week to start Daylight Savi
70. setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s locale Specifies the default locale of the XSCF Either of the following can be specified for locale Sets the locale for English ja_JP UTF 8 Sets the locale for Japanese m The specified locale becomes effective after the subsequent login m The currently set locale can be checked by using the showlocale 8 command EXAMPLE1 Sets the XSCF default locale for English XSCF gt setlocale s C C EXAMPLE2 Sets the XSCF default locale for Japanese XSCF gt setlocale s ja_JP UTF 8 ja_JP UTF 8 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred showlocale 8 System Administration 203 setlocale 8 204 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES setlocator 8 setlocator control the blinking of the CHECK LED on the operator panel setlocator value setlocator h setlocator 8 command controls the blink state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel The following states can be set Start blinking Makes the CHECK LED blink Stop blinking Stops the blinking of the CHECK LED You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setp
71. statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported license signature Specifies the COD RTU license key to be added to the COD license database EXAMPLE 1 Adding a COD RTU License Key XSCF gt addcodlicense 01 84000000 104 0301010100 3 00000000 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxXXHEXHXEXXK The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred deletecodlicense 8 setcod 8 showcod 8 showcodlicense 8 showcodusage 8 System Administration 11 addcodlicense 8 12 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO addfru 8 addfru add a Field Replaceable Unit FRU addfru addfru h The addfru 8 command adds an FRU The addfru 8 command enables the user to make the settings that are required for FRU addition and related to selecting confirming and mounting FRUs interactively using menus The following FRUs can be added by the addfru 8 command a CPU Memory Board unit CMU m I O unit IOU m Fan unit FANU m Power supply unit PSU You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred del
72. subtraction between XSCF and the domain which stored in XSCF Usually the time of the domain is synchronized with the time of XSCF When the time of the domain changed by using a command such as the date 1M which prepared in the Solaris OS of domain the time subtraction between the time of XSCF and the changed time of domain will be stored in XSCF The stored time subtraction remains after the domain reboot or after the XSCF reset by using a command such as the rebootxscf 8 with the result that the time subtraction between XSCF and the domain remains stored The resetdateoffset 8 command resets the every time subtraction between XSCF and each domain which stored in XSCF As a result the time of domain after startup will be set to the same time as XSCF You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement The resetdateoffset 8 command needs to be executed in the system power off status EXAMPLE1_ Resets the time subtraction between XSCF and the domain XSCF gt resetdateoffset The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administration 123 resetdateoffset 8 124 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS restoreconfig 8 restoreconfig
73. the command results in an error m If c unassign is specified when either the domain power has been turned off or the XSB is already disconnected from the domain configuration the XSB is switched from the assigned state to a system board pool If the XSB is already in a system board pool no operation is performed m If c reserve is specified when either the domain power has been turned off or the XSB is already disconnected from the domain configuration the XSB is immediately switched from the assigned state to a system board pool If the XSB is already in a system board pool no operation is performed If domain power on or power off is in progress the command results in an error m When the XSB is disconnected the hardware resource on the XSB is disconnected from the operating system For this reason command execution may take time m The state in which an XSB has been assigned means that configuring the XSB in the specified domain has been reserved The reserved XSB is configured when the domain is rebooted or the addboard 8 command is executed An already assigned XSB cannot be specified for configuring or assignment from other domains m An XSB in the system board pool means that the XSB belongs to no domain and is therefore available for configuring or assignment EXAMPLE1 Puts the system board XSB 00 0 01 0 02 0 and 03 0 in the system board pool XSCF gt deleteboard c unassign 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 EXAMPLE 2 Re
74. the IP addresses 192 168 1 2 10 18 108 10 and 10 24 1 2 as DNS server Names are solved in the order specified XSCF gt setnameserver 192 168 1 2 10 18 108 10 10 24 1 2 EXAMPLE 2 Deletes the host with the IP address 10 18 108 10 from the DNS server XSCF gt setnameserver c del 10 18 108 10 EXAMPLE 3 Deletes all the DNS servers XSCF gt setnameserver c del a The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred rebootxscf 8 shownameserver 8 210 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setnetwork 8 setnetwork sets or removes an XSCF network interface setnetwork m addr interface address setnetwork c up down interface setnetwork a y n r interface setnetwork h setnetwork 8 command sets or removes an XSCF network interface The following settings can be made for the specified network interface m Whether to enable or disable the network interface m IP address m Netmask When you set an IP address or netmask the specified network interface will be enabled at the same time as the setting When you removed the netmask interface the specified network interface will be disabled at the same time as the removal And when the routing information is set to the target network interface it will be removed together You must have platadm privileges to run this comm
75. the SNMP Agent exported MIB information View access is limited to read only for this Agent The view is identified through a MIB OID subtree and can be limited to specific portions of that subtree using the OID Mask e Specifies an excluded view The default is an included view m OID Mask Specifies a valid OID subtree mask By default the mask is ff entire subtree s OID_subtree Specifies a MIB OID subtree Values start at 1 for the entire MIB tree viewname Specifies a valid view name Removes access entry groupname Specifies a valid group name Removes a group from use u username Specifies a valid user name groupname Specifies a valid group name Removes this view from use s OID_subtree Specifies a MIB OID subtree Values start at 1 for the entire MIB tree viewname Specifies a valid view name EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Create a Group XSCF gt setsnmpvacm creategroup u jsmith admin 252 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 setsnmpvacm 8 EXAMPLE 2 Create a View of the Entire MIB XSCF gt setsnmpvacm createview s 1 all_view EXAMPLE3 Create a View Where the Subtree Is Excluded XSCF gt setsnmpvacm createview e s 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 m fe excl_view EXAMPLE 4 Create Access XSCF gt setsnmpvacm createaccess r all admin EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showsnmpvacm
76. the Web The latest versions of all the SPARC Enterprise series manuals are available at the following websites Global Site http www fujitsu com sparcenterprise manual Japanese Site http primeserver fujitsu com sparcenterprise manual Note Product Notes are available on the website only Please check for the most recent update on your product 2 Documentation CD For the Documentation CD please contact your local sales representative m SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Documentation CD C120 E541 a SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Documentation CD C120 E365 a SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Documentation CD C120 E364 3 Manual on the Enhanced Support Facility x x CD ROM disk a Remote maintenance Service Book Title Manual Code Enhanced Support Facility User s Guide for REMCS C112 B067 4 Manual man page provided in the system XSCF man page xii SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual October 2008 Note The man page can be referenced on the XSCF Shell and it provides the same content as the SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual 5 Documentation and Support on the Web The latest information about other documents and the support for your server are provided on the websites a Message Global Site http www fujitsu com sparcenterprise msg Japanese Site http primeserver fujitsu com sparcenterprise msg b Firmware
77. this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c assign Assigns an XSB to the domain configuration If the c option is omitted c configure is used c configure Configures an XSB in the domain configuration If the c option is omitted c configure is used c reserve Reserves incorporation of an XSB into the domain configuration If the c option is omitted c configure is used System Administration 7 addboard 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION d domain id Specifies the ID of the domain in which an XSB is to be configured or to which it is to be assigned domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Forcibly incorporates into a domain an XSB Caution If the f option is used to forcibly add an XSB to a domain all the added hardware resources may not work normally For this reason use of the f option is not recommended in normal operation If the f option must be specified verify the status of every added XSB and device Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs moun Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Displays a detailed message If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored mon Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following oper
78. to panic 00 Continue y n y 00 Panicked Note This command only issues the instruction to reset The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE 2 Resets the CPU in domain ID 0 Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt reset y d 0 xir DomainID to reset 00 Continue y n y 00 Reset 120 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 reset 8 Note a This command only issues the instruction to reset The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE 3 Resets domain ID 0 Suppresses prompts and automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt reset q y d 0 por EXAMPLE4 Cancels the reset command execution that is in progress XSCF reset d 0 panic DomainID to panic 00 Continue y n n EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO poweroff 8 poweron 8 setdomainmode 8 showdomainstatus 8 System Administration 121 reset 8 122 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS resetdateoffset 8 resetdateoffset reset the time subtraction between XSCF and the domain resetdateoffset resetdateoffset h The resetdateoffset 8 command resets the time
79. to restore this configuration to your system y n y requesting XSCF reboot to perform restore requested Connection to ghidorah com closed by foreign host EXAMPLE4 Restoring the Configuration Using USB XSCF gt restoreconfig V p 129 145 155 166 8080 file media usb_msd proxytest cfg transfer from scf firmtmp hcp config config file bin to file media usb_msd proxytest cfg Configuration backup created on Mon Aug 4 14 38 27 2008 from system M3000 with serial number IKSO8220xx version 19830000 You will need to power cycle the entire system after this operation is completed Do you want to restore this configuration to your system y n y requesting XSCF reboot to perform restore requested Connection to ghidorah com closed by foreign host EXAMPLES Restoring An Encrypted Configuration XSCF gt restoreconfig v V P encryption http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg obtaining lock done initiating file transfer from http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg 130 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 restoreconfig 8 transfer from scf firmtmp hcp config config file bin to http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg About to connect to 10 7 79 18 port 80 li Trying 10 7 79 18 connected Connected to 10 7 79 18 10 7 79 18 port 80 GET sollgell proxytest cfg HTTP 1 1 User Agent restoreconfig Host 10 7 7
80. update EXAMPLE1 Check whether the entire firmware can be updated to version 1020 XSCF gt flashupdate c check m xcp s 1020 EXAMPLE2 Updates the entire firmware to version from 1010 to 1020 XSCF flashupdate c update m xcp s 1020 The XSCF will be reset Continue y n Y XCP update is started XCP version 1020 last version 1010 OpenBoot PROM update is started OpenBoot PROM update has been completed OpenBoot PROM version 01010001 XSCF update is started SCF 0 bank 1 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 XSCF download is started SCF 0 bank 1 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 00 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF download has been completed SCF 0 bank 1 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 00 version 01010002 last version 01010001 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 flashupdate 8 XSCF download is started SCF 0 bank 1 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 07 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF download has been completed SCF 0 bank 1 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 07 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF update has been completed SCF 0 bank 1 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 XSCF update is started SCF 0 bank 0 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 XSCF download is started SCF 0 bank 0 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firm
81. which this privilege is held Can reboot and power on and off all domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of all hardware assigned to the domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of all the hardware assigned to the domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of all domains on which this privilege is held Specifies a domain or domains using the appropriate value for domainprivilege with the symbol and the domains descriptor To specify a single domain use the symbol followed by a single domain number Example domainadme3 moun To specify a range of domains use a to indicate to start and end of the domains in the range inclusive Example domainadm 3 4 To specify multiple single domains and multiple domain ranges separate the domains or domain ranges with commas Do not repeat domains or cause them to overlap or an error will result Example domainadm 1 2 4 228 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS setprivileges 8 The following are valid values for privileges auditadm Can configure auditing Can delete audit trail auditop Can view all audit state and audit trail fieldeng Can perform all operations reserved for field engineers and authorized service personnel none Cannot perform any operations on the Service
82. 0 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showlocator 8 showlocator display the state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel showlocator showlocator h showlocator 8 command displays the blink state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel The one of the following state is displayed Off Indicates normal operation which means either the circuit breaker is off or power is not being supplied Blinking Indicates that the unit is a maintenance target On Indicates that an error was detected in the main unit You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The setlocator 8 command can be used to specify the blink state of the CHECK LED EXAMPLE 1 Displays the CHECK LED state XSCF showlocator Locator LED status Blinking The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setlocator 8 System Administration 361 showlocator 8 362 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges showlogs 8 showlogs display the specified log showlogs t time T time p timestamp v v
83. 0 lan 1 xscf 0 lan 1 Link encap Ethernet Hwaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 10 11 Bcast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 20241827 19 3 MiB TX bytes 2089769 1 9 MiB Base address 0x1000 EXAMPLE 2 Displays the information for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 in the M3000 M4000 M5000 server XSCF gt shownetwork lan 1 xscf 0 lan 1 Link encap Ethernet Hwaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 10 11 Bcast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 20241827 19 3 MiB TX bytes 2089769 1 9 MiB Base address 0x1000 EXAMPLE 3 Displays the information for ISN on the XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt shownetwork xscf 0 if xscf 0 if Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 System Administration 387 shownetwork 8 388 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 inet addr 192 168 10 128 Beast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1
84. 00 01 0 Displays detail information of the physical devices and their available re sources in domain ID 0 id 40 41 42 43 50 51 52 53 stat on t on l on l on on l on t on on t e ine ine ine ine ine ine ine ine y d 0 speed ecache 2048 4 2048 4 2048 4 2048 4 2048 4 2048 4 2048 4 2048 4 mem MB XSB mem MB mem MB 2048 03 0 250 1500 2048 0 0 2048 0 0 2048 0 0 2048 1024 0 2048 0 0 usage mounted filesystem dump device swap swap area mounted filesystem var mounted filesystem var run SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showdevices 8 Memory board perm base domain target deleted remaining DID XSB mem MB mem MB address mem MB XSB mem MB mem MB 00 00 0 2048 1290 0x000003c000000000 4096 00 1 250 1500 00 01 0 2048 0 0x000002c000000000 4096 IO Devices DID XSB device resource usage 00 00 0 sdo 00 00 0 sal 00 00 0 sd2 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk c0t3d0s0 mounted filesystem 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk cOt3s0s1 dump device swap 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk cOt3s0s1 swap area 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk c0t3d0s3 mounted filesystem var 00 00 0 sd3 var run mounted filesystem var run 00 00 0 sd4 00 00 0 sd5 00 00 0 sa6 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 se
85. 000 RX bytes 0 0 B TX bytes 17010 16 6 KiB Base address 0x1000 EXAMPLE 4 Displays the information for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF Unit 0 XSCF gt shownetwork xscf 0 lan 0 xscf 0 lan 0 Link encap Ethernet Hwaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 11 10 Bcast 192 168 11 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 14541827 13 8 MiB TX bytes 1459769 1 3 MiB Base address 0x1000 EXAMPLES Displays the information for the takeover IP address for XSCF LAN O XSCF gt shownetwork lan 0 lan 0 Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 1 10 Bcast 192 168 1 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 Base address 0xe000 EXAMPLE6 Displays the current settings of XSCF network XSCF gt shownetwork i Active Internet connections without servers Proto Recv Q Send Q Local Address Foreign Address tcp 0 0 xx xx xx xx telnet xxxx 1617 State ESTABLISHED shownetwork 8 EXAMPLE 7 Displays the information for XSCF unit 0 and XSCF unit 1 in the M8000 M9000 servers XSCF gt shownetwork a xscf 0 lan 0 Link encap Ethernet Hwaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 11 10 Bcast 192 168 11 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dro
86. 1 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setdscp 8 332 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showdualpowerfeed 8 showdualpowerfeed display the current setting of dual power feed mode showdualpowerfeed showdualpowerfeed h The showdualpowerfeed 8 command displays the current setting of dual power feed mode in the system The showdualpower feed 8 command is valid in the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers only The dual power feed mode can be set by the setdualpowerfeed 8 command Also before the dual power feed mode is changed by the setdualpower feed 8 command the values of changed settings are displayed You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displays the current setting of dual power feed mode in the system XSCF gt showdualpowerfeed Dual power feed is enabled EXAMPLE 2 Changes the dual power feed mode with the setdualpowerfeed 8 com mand and then displays the current state XSCF gt showdualpowerfeed enable gt disable NOTE Dual power feed will be disabled the next time the platform is powered on The following exit values are returned
87. 1 sb 0 XSCF gt showresult 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 401 showresult 8 402 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showroute 8 showroute display routing information for an XSCF network interface showroute M n a interface showroute h showroute 8 command displays the current routing information for an XSCF network interface Routing information for the specified network interface or all the network interfaces can be displayed The following information is displayed Destination Destination IP address Gateway Gateway address Netmask Netmask address Flags Flag which indicates the status of specified routing U route is up H target is host G use gateway R reinstate route for dynamic routing C cache entry reject route Interface XSCF network interface name You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays routing information that is set for all XSCF network interfaces System Administration 403 showroute 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION Displays usage statement When used with other options or
88. 128000HR3 7A Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 1A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 7A Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 1B Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 7A Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 2A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 7A Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 2B Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 7A Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 3A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 7A Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 3B Status Normal DDC_A 0 DDC_A 1 DDC_A 2 DDC_A 3 348 Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 7A Type 1B Size 1 GB Status Normal Status Normal Status Normal Status Normal 252b 04123b20 356d 0d016910 356d 0d016911 356d 0d016a14 356d 0d017e22 356d 0d016a13 356d 0d016417 356d 0d017617 356d 0d016b12 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 showhardconf 8 DDC_B 0 Status Normal DDC_B 1 Status Normal IOU 0 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000395 FRU Part Number CF00541 0483 0040 541 0483 00 40 l DDC A 0 Status Normal DDCR Status Normal DDC_B 0 Status Normal PCI 2 Status Normal Name Property Card Type DownLink Ver 21h Serial XFO1NW Type Optic Connection IOX X0DF IOBO FRU Part Number CF00501 7040 04 501 7040 04 IOX XODF Status Faulted Serial XCXODF FRU Part Number CF00541 0314 05 501 6937 05 IOBO Status Normal S
89. 145 155 156 8080 u minilla ftp 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest ftp cfg transfer from tmp dumpconfig EvY1Yf to ftp 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest ftp cfg Password About to connect to 129 145 155 166 port 8080 Trying 129 145 155 166 connected Connected to 129 145 155 166 129 145 155 166 port 8080 Proxy auth using nil with user Server auth using Basic with user minilla gt PUT ftp 10 7 79 18 iktest proxytest ftp cfg HTTP 1 1 Authorization Basic bHahbmc6bHahbmc User Agent dumpconfig Host 10 7 79 18 21 Pragma no cache Accept Content Length 24720 Expect 100 continue SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 dumpconfig 8 lt HTTP 1 1 100 Continue lt HTTP 1 1 200 OK lt Server Sun Java System Web Proxy Server 4 0 lt Date Mon 04 Aug 2008 16 46 11 GMT lt Transfer encoding chunked Connection 0 to host 129 145 155 166 left intact Closing connection 0 operation completed XSCF gt EXAMPLE2 Dumping the Configuration Using http XSCF gt dumpconfig v p 129 145 155 166 8080 http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg reading database done creating temporary file done starting file transfer done removing temporary file done operation completed XSCF gt EXAMPLE3 Dumping the Configuration Using Https XSCF gt dumpconfig V p 129 145 155 166 8080 http 10 7 7
90. 192 168 10 128 on ISN on the XSCF unit 0 By default 255 255 255 0 is set for the netmask XSCF gt setnetwork xscf 0 if 192 168 10 128 EXAMPLE5 Sets the IP address 192 168 11 10 and netmask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN 0 214 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setnetwork 8 on XSCF unit 1 XSCF gt setnetwork xscf 1 lan 0 m 255 255 255 0 192 168 11 10 EXAMPLE6 Sets the IP address 192 168 1 10 and netmask 255 255 255 0 for the takeover IP address of XSCF LAN O XSCF gt setnetwork lan 0 m 255 255 255 0 192 168 1 10 EXAMPLE7 Removes the IP address and netmask that set in XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setnetwork r xscf 0 lan 0 You specified r interface remove option So we delete routing information that interface corresponds Continue y n y If you choose y es you must execute applynetwork command for application Or you choose y es but you don t want to apply you execute rebootxscf for reboot The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred applynetwork 8 shownetwork 8 System Administration 215 setnetwork 8 216 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setntp 8 setntp set the NTP information for XSCF setntp c add address setntp c del address
91. 3 can be specified for domain_id depending on the system configuration Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays detailed information on XSB The following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number to be displayed The following xsb form is accepted Wey where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 EXAMPLE1 Displays information on all mounted system boards XSCF gt showboards a XSB DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 00 0 00 00 Assigned y y y Passed 00 1 00 01 Assigned y y y Passed 00 2 SP Available y n n Passed 00 3 02 00 Unavailable y n n Unknown showboards 8 Normal Normal Normal Normal EXAMPLE2 Displays detailed information on all mounted system boards XSCF gt showboards v a XSB R DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault COD 00 0 00 00 Assigned y y y Passed Normal n 00 1 00 01 Assigned y y y Passed Normal n 00 2 SP Available y n n Passed Normal n 00 3 02 00 Unavailable y n n Unknown Normal n EXAMPLE3 Displays information on XSB 00 0 XSCF gt showboards 00 0 XSB DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault 00 0 15 00 Assigned y y y Passed Normal EXAMPLE 4 Displays detailed information on XSB 00 0 XSCF gt showboards v 00 0 XSB R DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault COD 00 0 15 00 Assigned y n n
92. 368 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 Date Code Occurred Status FRU Msg Diagnostic Code UUID MSG ID Diagnostic Messages Detail log showlogs 8 Log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time Error code Data is displayed in 16 byte format Date Month Day Hour Minute Second TimeZone Year when an error occurred This date is displayed as the local time Error status Either of the following is displayed Warning Partial degradation of the unit or warning about the FRU Alarm FRU failure or error Suspected faulty unit The suspected faulty units that are displayed and delimited by a moun comma are the units most likely and second most likely to be faulty If there are three suspected faulty units an is displayed next to the unit third most likely to be faulty Display of more than two suspected faulty units depends on whether more than two suspected faulty units are detected Error description Detailed error code The displayed code is a hexadecimal number Abbreviation for Universal Unique Identifier This is a globally unique ID that is a 32 digit hexadecimal number Unique message ID Detailed message If the log has a detailed message it is displayed Scan log code This code is displayed when the log includes a scan log Addre
93. 4 VI compatible mode m Consists only of SPARC64 VI processors SPARC64 VI compatible mode compatible Regardless of the CPUs mounted sets the operational mode of CPU to the SPARC64 VI compatible mode moun Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts mon Automatically answers y yes to all prompts When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command The system board XSB which can be added by Dynamic Reconfiguration DR is decided by the CPU operational mode currently set to the domain which is as follows Domain CPU Value of CPU Current CPU operational mode CPU configuration of a system configuration Mode board which can be added by DR operation SPARC64 VII auto SPARC64 VII enhanced SPARC64 VII mode 172 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setdomainmode 8 Domain CPU Value of CPU Current CPU operational mode CPU configuration of a system configuration Mode board which can be added by DR operation SPARC64 VII compatible SPARC64 VI compatible Any CPU configuration mode SPARC64 VII VI auto or SPARC64 VI compatible Any CPU configuration compatible mode SPARC64 VI auto or SPARC64 VI compatible Any CPU configuration compatible mode
94. 5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Glossary Models The model names used in this manual are as follows Server class Entry level Midrange High end Model name SPARC Enterprise M3000 SPARC Enterprise M4000 SPARC Enterprise M5000 SPARC Enterprise M8000 SPARC Enterprise M9000 Preface XV Prompt Notations The following prompt notations are used in the manual Shell Prompt Notations XSCF XSCF C shell machine name C shell super user machine name Bourne shell and Korn shell Bourne shell and Korn shell super user OpenBoot PROM ok Software License Some software functions explained in this manual are licensed under public licenses GNU Public License GPL GNU Lesser Public License LGPL and others See Appendix E Software License Condition in SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF User s Guide Fujitsu Welcomes Your Comments If you have any comments or requests regarding this document or if you find any unclear statements in the document please state your points specifically on the form at the following URL For Users in U S A Canada and Mexico http www computers us fujitsu com ww support servers shtml support servers For Users in Other Countries http www fujitsu com global contact computing sparce_index html xvi SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Server
95. 8 140 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION setaltitude 8 setaltitude set the altitude of the system or whether or not the air filter installed setaltitude s key value setaltitude h The setaltitude 8 command sets the altitude of the system or whether or not the air filter installed Whether or not the air filter installed can be specified on the M4000 M5000 servers only You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h s key value Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The item to be set is specified by key The following value can be specified altitude Sets the altitude of the system filter Sets whether or not to install the air filter You can specify this on the M4000 M5000 servers only When you specified altitude as key specify the altitude of the system in value in units of meters m An integer equal to or greater than 0 can be specified and the specified value is rounded up to the nearest hundred meters The default value is 0 meters When you specified filter as key either of the following can be specified for value installed Air filter is installed uninstalled Air filter is not installed m If the a
96. 8 System Administration 253 setsnmpvacm 8 254 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setssh 8 setssh set the Secure Shell SSH service used in the XSCF network Also generate the host public key and register or delete the user public key which are necessary for the SSH service setssh a y n c enable setssh c disable setssh c addpubkey u user_name setssh c delpubkey a s line u user name setssh a y n c genhostkey setssh h setssh 8 command starts or stops the SSH service used in the XSCF network Also generates the host public key and registers or deletes the user public key which are necessary for the SSH service If a host public key already exists when a new host public key is to be generated an update confirmation prompt about the existing key is displayed The user public key can be registered on each user account Per user account multiple user public keys can be registered Per user account the user public keys can be registered up to 1 023 characters including the linefeed Only SSH2 is supported for XSCF You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m To start or stop the SSH service and to generate the host public key platadm m To register or delete the user public key of other user account useradm m To register or delete the user publ
97. 8 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setdomainmode 8 EXAMPLE3 Cancels the setdomainmode 8 command execution that is in progress XSCF gt setdomainmode d 0 m diag none Diagnostic Level min gt none Secure Mode on gt Autoboot on gt CPU Mode auto So The specified modes will be changed Continue y n n EXAMPLE 4 Enables the auto boot function for domain ID 0 Suppresses prompts and au moun tomatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt setdomainmode q y d 0 m autoboot on The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred showdomainmode 8 System Administration 175 setdomainmode 8 176 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setdomparam 8 setdomparam forcibly rewrite OpenBoot PROM environment variables setdomparam a y n d domain id use nvramrc setdomparam a y n d domain id security mode setdomparam q y n d domain id set defaults setdomparam h The setdomparam 8 command rewrites OpenBoot PROM environment variables of a specified domain The following OpenBoot PROM environment variables can be specified use nvramrc Whether to execute the contents of the NVRAM at the boot or reboot of a domain security mode Firmware security level setting set defaults Whether to restore OpenBoot PROM environment vari
98. 9 18 sollgell proxytest https cfg transfer from tmp dumpconfig ZMCI3d to http 10 7 79 18 iktest proxytest https cfg About to connect to 129 145 155 166 port 8080 Trying 129 145 155 166 connected Connected to 129 145 155 166 129 145 155 166 port 8080 gt gt PUT http 10 7 79 18 iktest proxytest https cfg HTTP 1 1 User Agent dumpconfig Host 10 7 79 18 Pragma no cache Accept Content Length 24720 System Administration 47 dumpconfig 8 Expect 100 continue lt HTTP 1 1 100 Continue lt HTTP 1 1 204 No Content lt Content type text html lt Date Mon 04 Aug 2008 16 42 46 GMT lt Server Apache 1 3 36 Unix mod perl 1 29 mod ss1 2 8 27 OpenSSL 0 9 7d lt Via 1 1 proxy proxy lt Proxy agent Sun Java System Web Proxy Server 4 0 Connection 0 to host 129 145 155 166 left intact Closing connection 0 operation completed XSCF gt EXAMPLE4 Dumping the Configuration Using USB XSCF gt dumpconfig v V file media usb_msd proxytest cfg Making sure mount point is clear Trying to mount USB device dev sdal as media usb_msd Mounted USB device file media usb msd proxytest cfg already exists Do you want to overwrite this file y n l Y removing file file media usb_msd proxytest cfg done reading database done creating temporary file done starting file transfer transfer from tmp dumpconfig HE1RZa
99. 9 18 Pragma no cache Accept lt HTTP 1 1 200 OK lt Date Wed 13 Aug 2008 23 29 42 GMT lt Server Apache 1 3 36 Unix mod_perl 1 29 mod ss1 2 8 27 OpenSSL 0 9 7d lt Last Modified Wed 13 Aug 2008 23 25 16 GMT lt ETag 4fa55 501b 48a36d5c lt Accept Ranges bytes lt Content Length 20507 lt Content Type text plain Connection 0 to host 10 7 79 18 left intact Closing connection 0 done file decoding done Configuration backup created on Wed Aug 13 16 21 01 2008 from system M3000 with serial number IKS08220xx version 19830000 validating backup configuration data File decryption completed You will need to power cycle the entire system after this operation is completed Do you want to restore this configuration to your system y n y requesting XSCF reboot to perform restore requested Connection to ghidorah com closed by foreign host System Administration 131 restoreconfig 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 132 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION restoredefaults 8 restoredefaults delete the setting and the log information that stored in the server or the XSCF unit and restore it to the state as of the factory shipment restoredefaults c range restoredefa
100. AMPLE2 Displaying All LDAP Configuration Data XSCF gt showldap c There are no certificates configured The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 357 showldap 8 SEE ALSO setldap 8 358 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showlocale 8 showlocale display the current setting for the XSCF locale showlocale showlocale h The showlocale 8 command displays the current setting for the XSCF locale Either of the following is displayed Cc English ja_JP UTF 8 Japanese You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The setlocale 8 command sets a locale for the XSCF EXAMPLE1 Displays the current setting for the XSCF locale when English is set XSCF showlocale C EXAMPLE2 Displays the current setting for the XSCF locale when Japanese is set XSCF gt showlocale ja JP UTF 8 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setlocale 8 System Administration 359 showlocale 8 360 SPARC Enterprise Mx00
101. After reflected the information use the rebootxscf 8 command to reset XSCF to complete the setting m The currently set host name and DNS domain name of the XSCF unit can be checked by using the shownetwork 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Sets the host name scf0 hostname for XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt sethostname xscf 0 scf0 hostname EXAMPLE2 Sets the DNS domain name example com for XSCF unit XSCF gt sethostname d example com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred applynetwork 8 rebootxscf 8 showhostname 8 192 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges sethttps 8 sethttps start or stop the HTTPS service which is used in the XSCF network This command also performs authentication related settings sethttps a y n c enable sethttps c disable sethttps c gencsr country state province locality organization organizationalunit common e mail sethttps a y n c genserverkey sethttps c importca sethttps a y n c selfsign country state province locality organization organizationalunit common e mail sethttps h The sethttps 8 command starts or stops the HTTPS service which is used in the XSCF network Also this command performs authentication related settings for authentication used in the HTTPS service The following authentication related items ca
102. B m Incase an XSB which belongs to the specified PSB is in Unmount or Faulted status it may be excluded from the target of diagnosis and may not be shown in the diagnosis result In a case like this use the showboards 8 command to check the diagnosis result m Incase there are the settings for the warm up time of the system and the wait time before system startup a prompt appears to confirm whether or not it can ignore these settings to execute the test sb 8 command Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m The displayed diagnostic results of the testsb 8 command are as follows XSB XSB numbers belonging to the specified PSBs One XSB number is displayed for the Uni XSB type and four XSB numbers are displayed for the Quad XSB type Test Status of the initial diagnosis of XSBs One of the following status values is displayed Unmount No XSB could be recognized because no XSB is mounted or because an error occurred Unknown Not tested Testing Initial diagnosis is in progress Passed Initial diagnosis ended normally Failed An error was detected during the initial diagnosis An XSB cannot be used or is in a degraded state Fault XSB error One or more states are displayed Normal Normal state Degraded One or more components are degraded Each XSB can operate Faulted An XSB cannot operate because an error occurred System Administration 445 testsb 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Performs the initial
103. CF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showntp 8 showntp display the NTP information which currently set for XSCF showntp 1 a address s showntp h The showntp 8 command displays the NTP information which currently set for XSCF The showntp 8 command can display the following information m NTP servers which have been registered to the XSCF network m Status of synchronization with the NTP servers m Stratum value which has been set to XSCF You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays all the NTP servers currently set for the XSCF network h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 1 Displays whether synchronization with an NTP server is being maintained s Displays the stratum value which has been set to XSCF System Administration 393 showntp 8 OPERANDS The following operand is supported address Specifies the IP address or the XSCF host name of an NTP server to be displayed If the a option is specified the operand is ignored A specified IP address is a set of four integer values delimited by the period The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX
104. CRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES shownotice 8 shownotice display copyright and license information for the XSCF Control Package XCP shownotice c copyright license shownotice h The shownotice 8 command displays by page the copyright and if available license files for the XCP When used without an option shownotice displays copyright information and any available license information You can display only the copyright or the license file by specifying the c option No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c copyright license Specifies for display by page either the copyright file or the license file for the XCP copyright Specifies for display only the copyright file license Specifies for display only the license file if a license file is available for your platform If the license file for your platform is not available for the shownotice command the license argument is not supported Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs EXAMPLE1 Display Only Copyright Information XSCF gt shownotice c copyright Copyright text displays EXAMPLE2 Display Copyright and License Information XSCF gt shownotice Copyright text displays License text displays if available System Administration 391 shownotice 8 392 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XS
105. DESCRIPTION Privileges testsb 8 testsb perform an initial diagnosis of the specified physical system board PSB testsb a y n m diag mode location testsb a y n m diag mode c all expansion testsb v y n m diag mode location testsb v y n m diag mode c all expansion testsb h testsb 8 command performs an initial diagnosis of the specified PSB The testsb 8 command is not available on the M3000 server The configuration of the PSB and operation of each device mounted on the PSB are checked After the diagnostics the result is displayed The PSB must not be configured in the domain or the domain in which the PSB configured must be powered off The result also can be seen in Test and Fault displayed by showboards 8 command You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 443 testsb 8 OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION The following options are supported c alllexpansion Specifies the target PSB to be diagnosed One of the values h m diag mode shown below can be specified all Diagnoses all the PSB that are mounted If the following conditions not satisfied it leads to an error m The system has been powered off m All of the target PSB are Uni XSB expansion Diagnoses all the PSB that are mounted on the expansion cabinet If the following
106. Data Encryption Standard If the password option is not used you will be prompted for a password Passwords will be read but not echoed to the screen addv3traphost takes the following options a authentication password Sets the authentication password Must be equal to or greater than 8 characters e encryption password Sets the encryption password i Asks for an acknowledgment from the receiving host n engine id Sets identifier of the local agent sending the trap It can be the engine ID of the local SNMP agent or not but it must match the engine ID expected by the receiving host Must start with Ox and should consist of even hexadecimal characters or you will get an error p trap port ID of the trap port Default value is 162 r authentication protocol Sets the authentication protocol traphost Host name of the trap host u username Specifles a valid user name System Administration 243 setsnmp 8 disable disableviv2c enable enableviv2c When used alone stops the SNMP agent When used with the value ALL for the optional mib name stops the SNMP agent When used with a value other than ALL for the optional mib name removes support for the targeted MIB module If support remains for another MIB module the SNMP agent remains enabled If support for both MIB modules is removed the SNMP agent is disabled and therefore stops You can specify only one value at a time for mib_name
107. E1 Disabling a User Account XSCF gt disableuser jsmith The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred adduser 8 deleteuser 8 enableuser 8 showuser 8 System Administration 43 disableuser 8 44 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS dumpconfig 8 dumpconfig save system configuration information dumpconfig v V a y n e P password c comment u user p proxy t proxy type url dumpconfig h The dumpconfig 8 command downloads the system configuration information into a file specified by the user You must have platadm platop or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c comment Accepts a user provided comment in the file to distinguish between different backup copies and is not read by the software This comment must be 132 chars or less in length e Encrypt the file P password option can be used to specify the password If a password is not specified the key will be prompted Once encrypted the configuration file cannot be decrypted without the key If the key is lost there is no possibility of recovering the configuration data h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n
108. EM container B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 11 MEM container B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 12 MEM container B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 13 MEM container B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 14 MEM container B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 15 MEM container FU container L container O PSU container 2 PSU container 0 IOU container 0 IOU DDCR 0 DDCR container container The following exit values are returned Successful completion An error occurred SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES rebootxscf 8 rebootxscf reset the XSCF rebootxscf a y n rebootxscf h The rebootxscf 8 command resets the XSCF In the M8000 M9000 servers both of the active XSCF and the standby XSCF will be reset You must have platadm or fieldeng privilege to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m When you cancel the XSCF reset using the setdate 8 which commands r
109. ET T AMBIENT T CHIP T HOTSPOT SWITCH V 12V ANODE V 12V CATHODE V ISHARE Value 28 000 28 000 31 000 11 703 11 703 3708 791 4500 000 28 000 29 000 31 000 11 762 11 762 Res 1 000 1 000 1 000 0 059 0 059 0 040 0 289 40 313 300 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 0 059 0 059 0 040 Units SWITCH vV RPM RPM C C iC SWITCH V V vV SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 ioxadm 8 IOX A3B5 PS1 I DC DEZI 0 289 A IOX A3B5 PS1 S_FAN_ACTUAL 4115 854 49 588 RPM IOX A3B5 PS1 S_FAN_SET 4500 000 300 000 RPM IOX A3B5 IOBO T CHEP 32 000 1 000 E IOX A3B5 IOB0 T_HOTSPOT 35 000 1 000 Cc IOX A3B5 IOB1 T_CHIP 33 000 1 000 C IOX A3B5 IOB1 T_HOTSPOT 36 000 1 000 Cc IOX A3B5 IOB1 V_12_0V 12 052 0 005 Vy IOX A3B5 IOB1 V_12V_MAIN 12 000 0 400 V IOX A3B5 IOB1 V_1_0V 1 030 0 001 V IOX A3B5 IOB1 V_1_5V 1 496 0 001 V IOX A3B5 IOB1 V_3_3V 3291 0 002 V IOX A3B5 IOB1 V_3_3AUX 3 308 0 002 V IOX A3B5 IOB1 I DC 8 600 0 200 A IOX A3B5 IOB1 LINK T SIGCONO 45 000 40 000 C IOX A3B5 IOB1 LINK T SIGCON1 45 000 40 000 C IOU 1 PCI 1 T SIGCONO 45 000 40 000 C IOU 1 PCI 1 T SIGCON1 45 000 40 000 C EXAMPLE2 Display All Sensor Readings on a Link and Suppressing Headers XSCF gt ioxadm p env iou 1 pci 1 IOU 1 PCI 1 T_SIGCONO 45 000 40 000 C IOU 1 PCI 1 T SIGCON1 45 000 40 000 C IOU 1 PCI 1 DATA On E LED IOU 1 PCI 1 MG
110. F Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 40 byte Displays the route packets take to the host named server example com Displays the detailed route packets take to the host named server exam 40 byte packets ms ms ms ms ms 2 36 ms traceroute 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 451 traceroute 8 452 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES unlockmaintenance 8 unlockmaintenance forcibly release the locked status of XSCF unlockmaintenance a y n unlockmaintenance h unlockmaintenance 8 command releases the locked status of XSCF forcibly Normally while the maintenance command addfru 8 deletefru 8 or replacefru 8 is in execution XSCF is in the locked status After the command complete the lock is released However in case an error such as LAN disconnection occurred while executing any of the maintenance command the XSCF lock may become unable to release In such a case you can execute the unlockmaintenance 8 command to forcibly release the locked status of XSCF You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When us
111. HmNAgMBAAGgADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQOFAAOBgQAux1 j H3dyB6Xho PgBuVIakDzIKEPipK9qQ fC57YI43uRBGRUbu0AHEcLVue5yTu6G5SxHTCq0O7tV5g 3 8UHSg5Kqy9QuWHWMri hxm0kQ4gBpApjNb6F B ngBE3j thGbEuvdb 0wbycvu 5jxrhB ZV9k8X MbDOxSx U5nF Zuyw EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO sethttps 8 356 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS showldap 8 showldap display the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP configuration for the Service Processor showldap showldap c showldap h showldap 8 displays the Service Processor LDAP configuration When invoked without options showldap displays all LDAP configuration except for the certificate chain and the password used when binding to the LDAP server You must have useradm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c Displays the LDAP server certification chain h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs EXAMPLE 1 Displaying All LDAP Configuration Data XSCF gt showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguishing Name ou people dc company dc com LDAP Search Timeout 60 Bind password Set LDAP Servers ldap company com 389 CERTS None EX
112. Host key create Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings moun EXAMPLE6 Generates a host public key for SSH Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt setssh c genhostkey y Host key create Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings EXAMPLE7 Generates a host public key for SSH Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt setssh c genhostkey q y EXAMPLE 8 Registers the user public key Finish the input of public key by pressing En System Administration 257 setssh 8 ter and then pressing Ctr1 and D XSCF gt setssh c addpubkey Please input a public key ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaClyc2EAAAABIWAAATEAZFh95SohrDgpnN7 zFCUCVNy jaZPTjJNDxcid QGbihYDCBttI4151YOSv85FJwDpSNHNKoVLMYLjtBmUMPbGgGVB61qskSv FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK POnBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD91icD5U wRFGSRRXFI Ub5oLRxN8 A8 abcdGexample com Enter Ctrl and D EXAMPLE 9 Registers the user public key by specifying the user name Finish the input of public key by pressing Enter and then pressing Ctr1 and D XSCF gt setssh c addpubkey u efgh Please input a public key ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaClyc2EAAAABIWAAATEAZFh95SohrDgpnN7 zFCUCVNy jaZPTJNDxcid QGbihYDCBttI4151YOSv85FJwDpSNHNKoVLMYLjtBmUMPbGgGVB61qskSv FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK POnBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD91icD5U wRFGSRRXFI Ub5oLRxN8 A8 abcdGexample com Enter Ctrl and D EXAMPLE 10
113. ID 02 01 01 0001 DomainID 03 01 01 0001 DomainID 23 01 01 0001 XSB 00 0 01 01 0001 Current 01 01 0001 Reserve XSB 00 1 01 01 0001 Reserve 01 01 0001 Current XSB 00 2 01 01 0001 Current 01 01 0001 Reserve XSB 00 3 01 01 0001 Current 01 01 0001 Reserve XSB 15 3 01 01 0001 Current 01 01 0001 Reserve System Administration 457 version 8 EXAMPLE 7 Displays the version of XSCF firmware XSCF gt version c xscf XSCF 0 Active 01 01 0001 Current 01 01 0001 Reserve XSCF 1 Standby 01 01 0001 Current 01 01 0001 Reserve EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 458 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS viewaudit 8 viewaudit display audit records viewaudit viewaudit A date time B date time C c classes D date time E end record e events i auditids L1 m dell n p privilege results r return values S start record u users x viewaudit h viewaudit 8 displays audit records When invoked without options viewaudit displays all current local audit records When invoked with options viewaudit displays only the selected records By default records are displayed in text format one token per line with a comma as the field se
114. IE XEOOE5 CF005016939 5016939 05 On ITOX X07A IOBO LINK CU 20 XF01HJ CF005017040 5017040 04 On IOU 0 PCI 3 CU 2 0 XF01AD CF005017040 5017040 03 On EXAMPLE6 Displaying a Downlink Card Using Hostpath in Verbose Mode With Headers Suppressed XSCF gt ioxadm p v list IOU 0 PCI 2 IOU 0 PCI 2 OP 2 0 XF01A1 CF005017040 5017040 03 on EXAMPLE7 Powering On the Locator LED for Power Supply 0 in External I O Expansion Unit 12B4 XSCF gt ioxadm locator on iox 12B4 ps0 86 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXIT STATUS ioxadm 8 EXAMPLE 8 Displaying Locator LED Status for the External I O Expansion Unit XSCF gt ioxadm locator iox 12B4 Location Sensor Value Resolution Units TOX 12B4 LOCATE Fast LED TOX 12B4 PS0 SERVICE Fast LED If the FRU service indicator is already on due to a detected fault condition only the box locator LED will be set to fast EXAMPLE9 Enabling the Indicator for Power Supply 1 When Power Supply 1 Has a Fault Indication XSCF gt ioxadm locator on iox x031 ps1 XSCF gt ioxadm locator Location Sensor Value Resolution Units TOX xX031 LOCATE Fast LED XSCF gt ioxadm env 1 iox x031 ps1 SERVICE Location Sensor Value Resolution Units IOX X031 PS1 SERVICE On LED The External I O Expansion Unit chassis white LED has an integrated push button The button can be used to toggle the state of the chassis white locator LED between off and fast If the push but
115. IPTION Privileges OPTIONS showenvironment 8 showenvironment display the intake air temperature and humidity temperature sensor information voltage sensor information and fan speed information about the system showenvironment M type showenvironment h showenvironment 8 command displays the information listed below The following types of the information are displayed Environment Intake temperature and humidity of the system information 6 f Humidity can be checked in the M8000 M9000 servers Temperature Intake temperature of the system and exhaust temperature of information each component You can check the exhaust temperature of the following components M3000 server motherboard unit MBU_A CPU M4000 M5000 servers CPU module CPUM I O unit IOU M8000 M9000 servers CPU memory board unit CMU CPU module CPUM crossbar unit XBU_B Voltage Voltage sensor value information Fan speed Fan rotational state and revolutions per unit of time information You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command System Administration 337 showenvironment 8 OPERANDS The following o
116. IT STATUS SEE ALSO showssh 8 ZI9j2uhM 3HQdrvYSVBEdMjaasF9hB6T uFwP8yqtuf6Y9Gdj BAhWwuH8F13pX4BtvK9TIeldqCscnOuu0 e2rlUoI6GICMr64FLOYYBSwfbwLIz6PSA yKQe23dwf kSfcwOZNa 5pThGPi3tob5Qev2KCK20yEDMCA OvV1MhqHuPNpX hE1 9nPdBFGzQ Fingerprint 1024 9e 39 8e cb 8a 99 ff b4 45 12 04 2d 39 d3 28 15 etc ssh ssh_host_dsa_key pub EXAMPLE 2 Displays the user public key of the current login user account XSCF gt showssh c pubkey Public key 1 ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAATIEAZFh95SohrDgpnN7zFCJCVNy jazPTjNDxcid QGbihYDCBttI4151YOSv85FJwDpSNHNKoVLMYLjtBmUMPbGgGVB61qskSv FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK POnBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD91iCD5U wRFGSRRxFI UbS5oLRxN8 A8 abcdGexample com 2 ssh rsa CSqGSIb3DQEJARYHZWUubwFpbDCBnzANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAAOBjQAwgYkCgYEA nkPnt f Tj YtyKINYFbO YavFpUzkYTLHdtOFbz tzmGa3e6Jn34A2WIEC7DIhjLsj kAP41A1 6wFwGO7 KP3H4iImXOUysj19Hyk4j LEU51sw8JavT2utTj1tV5mFPKL6bDcAgY9 efghGexample com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setssh 8 System Administration 421 showssh 8 422 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES showstatus 8 showstatus display the degraded Field Replaceable Units FRUs showstatus M showstatus h showstatus 8 command displays information about degraded units that are
117. International Inc aux Etats Unis et dans d autres pays Les produits portant les marques SPARC sont bas s sur une architecture d velopp e par Sun Microsystems Inc SPARC64 est une marques d pos e de SPARC International Inc utilis e sous le permis par Fujitsu Microelectronics Inc et Fujitsu Limited L interface d utilisation graphique OPEN LOOK et Sun a t d velopp e par Sun Microsystems Inc pour ses utilisateurs et licenci s Sun reconnait les efforts de pionniers de Xerox pour la recherche et le d veloppement du concept des interfaces d utilisation visuelle ou graphique pour l industrie de l informatique Sun d tient une license non exclusive de Xerox sur l interface d utilisation graphique Xerox cette licence couvrant galement les licenci s de Sun qui mettent en place l interface d utilisation graphique OPEN LOOK et qui en outre se conforment aux licences crites de Sun Droits du gouvernement am ricain logiciel commercial Les utilisateurs du gouvernement am ricain sont soumis aux contrats de licence standard de Sun Microsystems Inc et de Fujitsu Limited ainsi qu aux clauses applicables stipul es dans le FAR et ses suppl ments Avis de non responsabilit les seules garanties octroy es par Fujitsu Limited Sun Microsystems Inc ou toute soci t affili e de l une ou l autre entit en rapport avec ce document ou tout produit ou toute technologie d crit e dans les pr sentes correspondent aux garanti
118. January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS shownetwork 8 shownetwork display information of network interfaces for XSCF shownetwork M a i interface shownetwork h shownetwork 8 command displays current information of network interfaces for XSCF Information on the specified network interface or all the network interfaces can be displayed The following information is displayed xscf x y XSCF network interface name HWaddr MAC address hexadecimal notation inet addr IP address Beast Broadcast Mask Netmask UP DOWN Whether the network interface is enabled You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays information for all XSCF network interfaces h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command System Administration 385 shownetwork 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION The following operands are supported interface Specifies the network interface whose information is to be displayed One of the following values can be specified depending on the system configuration If this operand is specified with the a option the
119. MB I O devices device Instance name of I O device resource Managed resource name usage Description of the instance using resources query Results of an off line inquiry about resources You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain id Specifies the ID of the domain for which information is to be displayed domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p byboard Displays results organized by XSB The results can be further summarized by device and displayed If the p option is omitted p bydevice is used p bydevice Displays results organized by device type CPU memory I O etc If the p option is omitted p bydevice is used 318 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 showdevices 8 p force Predicts system resources deleted from the Solaris OS when an XSB is forcibly disconnected by deleteboard f command lf the p option is omitted p bydevice is used p query Predicts system resources deleted from the Solaris OS when an XSB is disconnected by deleteboard command If the p option is
120. MT Flash LED EXAMPLE 3 Display All External I O Expansion Units or Downlink Card Paths XSCF gt ioxadm list IOX Link 0 Link 1 IOX 0033 IOU 1 PCI 4 TOU 1 PCI 1 TOX 12B4 TOU 1 PCI 2 IOU 2 PCI 1 System Administration 85 ioxadm 8 In EXAMPLE 3 the 1ist command is used to display the connections between External I O Expansion Units and downlink cards in the host T0xe0033 which includes boats uplink cards and power supplies is connected to the host through two downlink cards The Link 0 column shows which host downlink card is attached to boat0 The Link 1 column shows which host downlink card is attached to boat1 IOX 12B4 is connected to the host through one downlink card This card is connected to boat1 A shows that there is no host link connection to the box It may have a boat and uplink card installed in the bay or the bay could be empty If the boat is installed either it is not connected to the host or the host downlink card slot is powered off EXAMPLE 4 Displaying a Single External I O Expansion Unit XSCF gt ioxadm list iox 12B4 IOX Link 0 Link 1 TOX 12B4 IOU 1 PCI 2 EXAMPLE5 Displaying a Single External I O Expansion Unit Using Verbose Output XSCF gt ioxadm v list IOU 1 PCI 1 Location Type FW Ver Serial Num Part Num State IOX X07A IOX 21 XCXO7A CF005016937 5016937 03 On IOX X07A PSO A195 DD0579 CF003001701 3001701 04 On IOX X07A PS1 A195 DDO588 CF003001701 3001701 04 On IOX X07A IOBO PC
121. OG CSQGSIb3DQEJARYHZWUuUbwWFpbDCBnzANBgkahkiG9w0BAQEFAAOBj QAwg YKCgYEA nkPnt f Tj YEyKINYFbO YavFpUzkYTLHdtOFbz tZmGA3e6Jn34A2W9EC7DIhjLs j KAP41Al 6wFwGO7KP3H4iImXOUysjl9Hyk4j LBU51sw8JaqvT2utTjltV5mFPKL6 5A51Yuhf80GrR bYG1i6H1a6RPm1MSD7Z 0AGDxR0 eY 0CAWEAAaOCAQ0wggEJMAkG A1UdEwQCMAAWLAYJYIZIAYb4QgENBB8WHU 9WZW5TU0WgR2VuZXJhdGVkIEN1 cnRp zm13jYXR1MBOGA1UdDgQWBBQHI1CmI7QyZa8zpt 1H1 6E LR EwDCBrgYDVR0jBIGm MIGj gBTnQYs6j zD7wdDhk7wsFeJGVaUTtaGBh6 SBhDCBgTELMAkGA1UEBhMCamox Dj AMBgNVBAgTBXNOYXR1IMREwDwYDVQQHEwhsb2NhbG1 0eTEVMBMGA1UEChMMb3 Jn YW5pemF 0aW9uMQ8wDOYDVQQLEwZvcmdhbmkxDzANBgNVBAMTBmNvbW1vbj EWMBQG CSqGSIb3 DOEJARYHZWUubWF pbI I BADANBgkqhkiG9w0 BAQQFAAOBgQCgBFbo8 8Hi VVOUyW8E811I1AbuA04IrnjHI4cjHqgONuSX1lw8mJsXKTVMx3WZCJpUDC f WoRMKw R OpXAVOvb2tjIn3k099dq tbegECo4mwknW1t7QI7A1BkcW2 MkOolIRa6iP1Zwqg JoPmwAbrGyAvGUtdzUoyIH0j17dRQrVIRA Enter Ctrl and D The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred showhttps 8 sethttps 8 System Administration 197 sethttps 8 198 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setldap 8 setldap configure the Service Processor as a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP client setldap b bind B baseDN c certchain p s servers t user T timeout setldap h setldap 8 allows you to configure the Serv
122. OST scf pts 0 00 00m Dec 21 13 57 JJJJ Qgg fujitsu com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administration 467 who 1 468 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 CD FUJITSU
123. P type Al EXAMPLE 2 Displays an error log in detail for the times of the specified timestamp v XSCF gt showlogs error p Mar3012 45 312005 v Date Mar 30 12 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef 0 Status Alarm Component IOU 0 PCI 3 Msg offline vendor FUJITSU product MAJ3182MC Diagnostic Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabb 00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff 00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff UUID bf36f0lea 9e47 42b5 fc6f c0dI79c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 EXAMPLE3 Displays an error log in greater detail for the times of the specified timestamp V XSCF gt showlogs error p Mar3012 45 312005 V Date Mar 30 12 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceeff0 Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU IOU 0 PCI 3 System Administration 375 showlogs 8 Msg offline vendor FUJITSU product MAJ3182MC Diagnostic Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabb 00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff 00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff UUID bf36flea 9Je47 42b5 fca6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 Diagnostic Messages Jul 11 16 17 42 platol0 root ID 702911 user error WARNING pci 83 4000 scsi 2 sd 0 0 sd47 Jul 11 16 17 42 platol0 root ID 702911 user error incomplete write giving up EXAMPLE 4 Displays a power log XSCF gt showlogs power Date Event Cause DID Switch Mar 30 17 25 31 JST 2005 System Power Off Power Failure Service Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 System Power On AC
124. Protocol DSCP setdscp v setdscp f v a y n i address m netmask setdscp f v a y n s i address setdscp f v a y n d domain id i address setdscp h setdscp 8 assigns IP addresses to the DSCP links setdscp is intended for initial configuration only Domains should not be powered on when running this command Note You are required to reboot the Service Processor after modifying the DSCP IP address assignment using this command and before the IP addresses you specified are used You can specify a network address for use by all of the DSCP links using the i address and m netmask arguments In this mode of operation the IP addresses used by the Service Processor and each domain specific DSCP link are automatically selected from within the range of addresses indicated by the network address You can set the IP address of an individual domain specific DSCP link independently of all other DSCP address settings using the d domain_id and i address arguments You can set the IP address of the Service Processor independently of all other DSCP address settings using the s and i address arguments If DSCP has been previously configured the current settings are displayed If they are correct they can be accepted by pressing the Enter key An error occurs if you set the address of the Service Processor or a domain to a value that either is out of range for a previously configured
125. SCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION setnetwork 8 interface Specifies the network interface to be configured One of the following values can be specified m In the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 xscf O lan 1 For abbreviation lan 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 0 XSCF LAN 1 an abbreviation of XSCF LAN 0 an abbreviation of XSCF LAN 1 m In the M8000 M9000 servers When you specify the c or r option and Inter SCF Network ISN together it results in errors For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 xscf O lan 1 xscf 0 if For XSCF unit 1 xscf 1 xscf 1 xscf 1 lan 0 lan 1 if XSCF LAN 0 XSCF LAN 1 ISN XSCF LAN 0 XSCF LAN 1 ISN For takeover IP address lan 0 lan 1 takeover IP address for XSCF LAN 0 takeover IP address for XSCF LAN 1 m In the M8000 M9000 servers a takeover IP address can be used without a need to determine whether XSCF has been switched By setting the LAN ports of the active XSCF unit as lan 0 and lan 1 they can be accessed with the names lan 0 and lan 1 m In the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers the value of the lan 0 is fixed with xscf 0 lan 0 and the lan 1 is fixed with xscf 0 lan 1 System Administration 213 setnetwork 8 EXAMPLES m After you set the network interface if you disable that network interface and execute the applynetwork 8 command the setting data of IP address and netmask wil
126. SCF console Aug 28 17 28 30 FF1 1 0 codd PID COD PROC Headroom changed to 3 EXAMPLE 2 Set the COD Headroom CPUs to 0 XSCF gt setcod 0 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addcodlicense 8 showcod 8 System Administration 157 setcod 8 158 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION setdate 8 setdate set the date and time of XSCF setdate a y n u s date setdate h The setdate 8 command sets the date and time of XSCF If the local date and time are specified they are set following conversion to coordinated universal time UTC Af ter the command executed XSCF will be reset automatically You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Re fer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs mon Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts date Sets date and time date can be specified in either of the following formats YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Specifies date in the format of year month day hour minute second MMDDhhmmYYYY ss Specifies data in the format MonthDayHourMinuteYe
127. SURE AUTORISEE PAR LA LOI APPLICABLE Y COMPRIS NOTAMMENT TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE RELATIVE A LA QUALITE MARCHANDE A L APTITUDE A UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIERE OU A L ABSENCE DE CONTREFACON Contents Preface vii Intro 1 addboard 7 addcodlicense 11 addfru 13 adduser 15 applynetwork 17 cfgdevice 23 clockboard 29 console 31 deleteboard 33 deletecodlicense 37 deletefru 39 deleteuser 41 disableuser 43 dumpconfig 45 enableuser 51 exit 53 flashupdate 55 fmadm 59 fmdump 61 fmstat 69 getflashimage 73 Contents ioxadm 79 man 89 moveboard 91 nslookup 95 password 97 ping 101 poweroff 103 poweron 107 prtfru 111 rebootxscf 115 replacefru 117 reset 119 resetdateoffset 123 restoreconfig 125 restoredefaults 133 sendbreak 139 setaltitude 141 setarchiving 143 setaudit 147 setautologout 153 setcod 155 setdate 159 setdcl 163 setdomainmode 169 setdomparam 177 setdscp 181 setdualpowerfeed 185 setemailreport 187 sethostname 191 sethttps 193 setldap 199 setlocale 203 setlocator 205 setlookup 207 ii SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual October 2008 setnameserver 209 setnetwork 211 setntp 217 setpasswordpolicy 221 setpowerupdelay 225 setprivileges 227 setroute 231 setshutdowndelay 235 setsmtp 237 setsnmp 241 setsnmpusm 247 setsnmpvacm 251 setssh 255 settelnet 261 settimezone 263 setupfru 271 setupplatform 273 showaltitude 279 showarchiving 281 showaudit 285 showautologout 289 showbo
128. Specifies the public key number to delete the user public key XSCF gt setssh c delpubkey s 1 1 ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAATEAZFh95 SohrDgpnN7zFCJCVNy jaZzPTjNDxcid QGbihYDCBttI4151YOSv85FJwDpSNHNKoVLMYLjtBmUMPbGgGVB61qskSv FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK POnBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD91icD5U wRFGSRRXFI Ub5oLRxN8 A8 abcdGexample com EXAMPLE 11 Deletes all user public keys XSCF gt setssh c delpubkey a 258 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setssh 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO rebootxscf 8 showssh 8 System Administration 259 setssh 8 260 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES settelnet 8 settelnet start or stop the Telnet service used in the XSCF network settelnet c enable disable settelnet h settelnet 8 command starts or stops the Telnet service used in the XSCF network You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c enableldisable Specify whether to start the Telnet service One of the following values can be specified If none of them is specified an error occurs enable Starts the Telnet service disable Stops the Tel
129. TES MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING SUCH PRODUCT OR TECHNOLOGY OR THIS DOCUMENT WHICH ARE ALL PROVIDED AS IS AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT ARE DISCLAIMED EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD TO BE LEGALLY INVALID Unless otherwise expressly set forth in such agreement to the extent allowed by applicable law in no event shall Fujitsu Limited Sun Microsystems Inc or any of their affiliates have any liability to any third party under any legal theory for any loss of revenues or profits loss of use or data or business interruptions or for any indirect special incidental or consequential damages even if advised of the possibility of such damages DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED AS IS AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT ARE DISCLAIMED EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD TO BE LEGALLY INVALID G on ca Adobe PostScript Copyright 2007 2008 Sun Microsystems Inc 4150 Network Circle Santa Clara California 95054 U S A et FUJITSU LIMITED 1 1 Kamikodanaka 4 chome Nakahara ku Kawasaki shi Kanagawa ken 211 8588 Japon Tous droits r serv s Sun Microsystems I
130. TUs reserved for domain 12 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 13 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 14 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 15 0 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setcod 8 298 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES showcodlicense 8 showcodlicense display the current Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU licenses stored in the COD license database showcodlicense r v showcodlicense h showcodlicense 8 displays COD license information stored in the COD license database The showcodlicense 8 command is not available on the M3000 server When used without options it displays the current licenses You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs S Displays the license information in the raw license signature format as stored in the COD license database v Specifies verbose output Displays both the formatted license information and raw license signature data The showcodlicense command displays the following COD information Description Type of resour
131. The total number of cases solved by this module since it was loaded The amount of dynamic memory currently allocated by this module The amount of persistent buffer space currently allocated by this module Privileges You must have platadm platop or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported a m module Prints the default global statistics for the Fault Manager or a module If used without the m module option the default global Fault Manager statistics are displayed If used with the m module option the global statistics for a module are displayed Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Prints a report on the statistics associated with the specified fault management module instead of the default statistics report Modules can publish an arbitrary set of statistics to help service the fault management software itself If used without the a option displays only those statistics kept by the module If used with the a option displays statistics kept by the module and the global statistics associated with the module Prints a report on Soft Error Rate Discrimination SERD engines associated with the module instead of the default module statistics report A SERD engine is a construct used by fault management software to determine if a statistical threshold measured as N events
132. Use showaudit g to display the global user audit record generation policy c classes enable disable Changes the audit record generation policy for the specified audit classes classes is a comma separated list of audit classes A class may be specified by its numeric value or its name The ACS_ prefix may be omitted For example the class of audit related events can be expressed as ACS_AUDIT AUDIT or 16 System Administration 147 setaudit 8 The following are valid classes all Denotes all classes ACS SYSTEM 1 System related events ACS WRITE 2 Commands that can modify a state ACS READ 4 Commands that read a current state ACS_LOGIN 8 Login related events ACS_AUDIT 16 Audit related events ACS_DOMAIN 32 Domain management related events ACS_USER 64 User management related events ACS PLATFORM 128 Platform management related events ACS_MODES 256 Mode related events This option may be specified multiple times Multiple specification are processed together with an e options in the order listed See EXAMPLE 1 When set to enable or disable audit record generation for the classes is turned on or off respectively This setting overrides the global policy When set to default the policy for the users is set to follow the global policy Use showaudit g to display the global user audit record generation policy e events enable disable Changes the audit record generation policy for the specif
133. XSCF shell setautologout s timeout setautologout h The setautologout 8 command sets the session timeout time of the XSCF shell The default of the session timeout time is 10 minutes You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s timeout Specifies the session timeout time of the XSCF shell Specify a timeout time value in units of minutes for timeout An integer ranging from 1 to 255 can be specified The specified session timeout time becomes effective after the subsequent login EXAMPLE1_ Sets the session timeout time of the XSCF shell to 30 minutes XSCF gt setautologout s 30 30min The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred showautologout 8 System Administration 153 setautologout 8 154 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setcod 8 setcod set up the Capacity on Demand COD resources used for domains setcod setcod v setcod q y n v headroom setcod v d domain id proc rtus setcod h setcod 8 sets up the COD resources to be used for domains License keys must be installed see addcodlicense 8 before COD boards in a domain
134. XXX where XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer The host name can be specified in the format that complies with RFC 1034 EXTENDED The setntp 8 command sets the NTP servers used in the XSCF network DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays all NTP servers being currently set XSCF gt showntp a server ntpl example com prefer 1 ntp server name server ntp2 example com 2 ntp server name EXAMPLE2 Confirms synchronization with an NTP server and displays the results XSCF gt showntp 1 remote 192 168 0 27 192 168 0 57 127 127 1 0 refid st t when poll reach delay offset jitter 192 168 1 56 2u 27 64 377 12 929 2 756 1 993 192 168 1 86 2u 32 64 377 13 030 2 184 94 421 LOCAL 0 Bel 44 64 377 0 000 0 000 0 008 EXAMPLE 3 Displays the stratum value which has been set to XSCF XSCF gt showntp s stratum 5 394 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 showntp 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setntp 8 System Administration 395 showntp 8 396 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS showpasswordpolicy 8 showpasswordpolicy display the current password settings showpasswordpolicy
135. a option a When the web server certificate which imported by executing the c importca option does not correspond to the private key of the web server which has been created by executing the c genserverkey option Confirm the validity of the web server certificate m The information which has been set will be reflected by using the rebootxscf 8 command to reset XSCF m The details of the current HTTPS service can be checked by using the showhttps 8 command EXAMPLE1 Starts the HTTPS service XSCF gt sethttps c enable Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the https settings EXAMPLE 2 Stops the HTTPS service XSCF gt sethttps c disable EXAMPLE3 Creates a CSR with the following settings country JP state province Kanaga wa locality Kawasaki organization Example organizationalunit develop ment common scf host e mail abc example com XSCF gt sethttps c gencsr JP Kanagawa Kawasaki Example development scf host abcGexample com EXAMPLE4 Creates the self certification authority with the following settings and creates a self signed web server certificate country JP state province Kanagawa lo cality Kawasaki organization Example organizationalunit development com System Administration 195 sethttps 8 mon scf host e mail abc example com XSCF gt sethttps c selfsign JP Kanagawa Kawasaki Example development scf host abc example com CA key and CA cert a
136. ables to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domain Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain_id Specifies the ID of the domain which OpenBoot PROM environment variables are rewritten domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Note The domain which is powered on cannot specify h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts System Administration 177 setdomparam 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported use nvramrc Sets false for the use nvramrc environment variable security mode Sets none to the security mode environment variable set defaults Restores the OpenBoot PROM environment variables to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory EXTENDED When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command DESCRIPTION with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Sets false for the use nvramrc OpenBoot PROM environment variable of domain ID 0 XSCF gt
137. adm privileges to run this command for any other user Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays password validity and account state information This is only valid for XSCF user accounts h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 1 Displays information on all local XSCF user accounts sorted by user login name Cannot be used with the user operand M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command p Displays all privileges assigned to the user This is valid for local and remote users u Displays user ID UID This is valid for local and remote users The following operands are supported user Name of an existing user account Cannot be used with the 1 option System Administration 431 showuser 8 432 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE 1 Displays Password and Account Validity Information XSCF gt showuser a User Name jsmith Status Enabled Minimun 0 Maximum 99999 Warning iL Inactive 1 Last Change Aug 22 2005 Password Expires Never Password Inactive Never Account Expires Never EXAMPLE 2 XSCF gt User Name Privileges Displays Privileges Information showuser p jsmith domainadm 1 3 6 8 9 platadm The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred adduser 8 deleteuser
138. age statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command Specifies a timestamp in a log when one log is to be displayed This option can be specified for an error log or event log timestamp is specified in one of the following formats yyyy mm dd hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute second format mm dd yy hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the month day year hour minute second format Monddhh mmissyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute second year format Displays a log in the order of timestamps starting from the latest timestamp By default the display of log data in the order of timestamps starts from the oldest data Displays a scan log attached to an error log Only a user having the fieldeng privilege can specify this operand This cannot be specified together with the v option or V option 364 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 t time showlogs 8 Specifies the start date and time of the display range for log data It is specified in one of the following formats yyyy mm dd hh mm The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute format mm dd yy hh mm The timestamp is specified in the month daylyear hour minute format Monddhh mmyyyy The t
139. ains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain_id Specifies only one ID of the domain to be reset domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts System Administration 119 reset 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES The following operand is supported level Specifies the level of resetting One of the following can be specified This operand cannot be omitted por Resets the domain system panic Instructs the Solaris OS of the domain to generate a panic xir Resets the domain CPU m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command The showdomainstatus 8 command can be used to check whether the domain has been reset If the reset 8 command is executed under either of the following conditions processing is stopped before the Solaris OS is started a The Mode switch on the operator panel is set to Service mode a The auto boot function has been disabled by the setdomainmode 8 command EXAMPLE1 Causes a panic in domain ID 0 XSCF gt reset d 0 panic DomainID
140. all Events AEV_AUDIT_START enabled AEV_AUDIT_STOP enabled AEV_ENTER_MODE enabled AEV_EXIT_MODE enabled AEV LOGIN BUI enabled AEV LOGIN CONSOLE enabled AEV LOGIN SSH enabled AEV LOGIN TELNET enabled AEV LOGOUT enabled AEV_AUTHENTICATE enabled AEV_addboard enabled AEV_addcodlicense enabled AEV_addfru enabled Lwa EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setaudit 8 viewaudit 8 288 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showautologout 8 showautologout display the session timeout time of the XSCF shell showautologout showautologout h The showautologout 8 command displays the session timeout time of the XSCF shell The session timeout time is displayed in units of minutes If the session timeout time has not been specified with the setautologout 8 command a time of 10 minutes is set by default You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displays the session timeout time of the XSCF shell XSCF showautologout 30min EXAMPLE 2 Displays the
141. ally answers n no to all prompts a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts System Administration 103 poweroff 8 EXTENDED m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command DESCRIPTION with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m If the Solaris OS of the target domain is running the powerof f 8 command processing is equivalent to that of the shutdown 1M command with the i5 option specified m A domain cannot be powered off while the Solaris OS of the domain is booting Execute the poweroff 8 command again after the booting is completed m A domain cannot be powered off by the poweroff 8 command while the Solaris OS of the domain is running in single user mode Execute the shutdown 1M command in the domain m When the poweroff 8 command is executed power off results for each of the specified domains are displayed in the following format Powered off The power was turned off normally Not Powering An error occurred and the power could not be turned off An off error message is displayed with Not Powering off m The showdomainstatus 8 command can be used to check the power of each domain on the system is off EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Turns off power to all domains XSCF gt poweroff a DomainIDs to power off 00 01 02 03 Continue y n l y 00 Powering off 01
142. and Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 211 setnetwork 8 OPTIONS OPERANDS The following options are supported c up down m addr Specifies whether to enable the specified network interface One of the following values can be specified If none of them is specified an error occurs up Enables the network interface down Disables the network interface Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies a netmask The following addr form is accepted XXX XXXXXXXXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer If the m option is omitted one of the following netmask corresponding to address is set m class A 255 0 0 0 m class B 255 255 0 0 m class C 255 255 255 0 Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Removes the IP address and netmask of the network interface mon Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following operands are supported address Specifies an IP address The specified value is a set of four integer values delimited by the period The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer When you specify the loopback address 127 0 0 0 8 it results in errors 212 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers X
143. and executed and the content to be displayed It doesn t describe how to specify the OPTIONS or OPERANDS Privileges This section gives the privileges required for command execution In case that what can be executed varies by the user privileges it is described here OPTIONS This section gives the meaning of and how to specify the OPTIONS In case the OPERANDS required for the OPTIONS it is described here To specify multiple 1 character OPTIONS you may specify the first OPTION followed by the alphabetic part of the second e g fmadm a i fmadm ai Preface ix Section Description OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS This section gives the meaning of and how to specify the OPERANDS The OPERANDS which follows the OPTIONS are described in OPTIONS This section gives the description in case the supplementary explanation required in addition to the content written in DESCRIPTION Also used to divide the description prolonged in DESCRIPTION This section gives the examples of command execution The explanation of examples the execution command and the messages returned from the system as a result of execution This section gives the status which shows whether or not the command executed normally terminated 0 for normal termination and gt 0 for abnormal termination SEE ALSO This section gives the related command names SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers Documentation
144. and is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number to be configured or assigned Multiple xsb operands are permitted separated by spaces The following xsb form is accepted ty where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n mon mon to cancel the command m lf c configure is specified when either the domain power has been turned off or the Solaris OS is not running an error occurs m When c configure is specified hardware diagnosis is performed on the XSB before it is incorporated into the domain Therefore command execution may take time 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO addboard 8 m To use the addboard 8 command to configure or assign an XSB DCL must be set up in advance using the setdc1 8 command m If the addboard 8 command is executed under the progress of power on or power off processing the busy status is returned After that processing in the domain is completed reexecute the command m See the setdc1 8 and showdc1 8 commands for DCL EXAMPLE1 Configures XSB 00 0 01 0 02 0 and 03 0 into domain ID 0 XSCF gt addboard y c assign d 0 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 EXAMPLE2 Configures XSB 00 0 01 0 02 0 and 03 0 forcibly into domain ID 2
145. and removing FRUs interactively using menus The following FRUs can be deleted m CPU Memory Board unit CMU a I O unit IOU You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred addfru 8 deleteboard 8 replacefru 8 setupfru 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8 showhardconf 8 unlockmaintenance 8 System Administration 39 deletefru 8 40 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO deleteuser 8 deleteuser delete an XSCF user account deleteuser user deleteuser h deleteuser 8 deletes a local XSCF user account All local account data associated with the user account is deleted including password and Secure Shell SSH keys The local user s currently running XSCF shell and browser sessions are terminated at once The user s account is removed from the system and they cannot log back in You cannot delete your own account You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occu
146. and their applicable licensors if any The furnishing of this document to you does not give you any rights or licenses express or implied with respect to the product or technology to which it pertains and this document does not contain or represent any commitment of any kind on the part of Fujitsu Limited or Sun Microsystems Inc or any affiliate of either of them This document and the product and technology described in this document may incorporate third party intellectual property copyrighted by and or licensed from suppliers to Fujitsu Limited and or Sun Microsystems Inc including software and font technology Per the terms of the GPL or LGPL a copy of the source code governed by the GPL or LGPL as applicable is available upon request by the End User Please contact Fujitsu Limited or Sun Microsystems Inc This distribution may include materials developed by third parties Parts of the Jose may be derived from Berkeley BSD systems licensed from the University of California UNIX is a registered trademark in the U S and in other countries exclusively licensed through X Open Company Ltd Sun Sun Microsystems the Sun logo Java Netra Solaris Sun Ray Answerbook2 docs sun com OpenBoot and Sun Fire are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc or its subsidiaries in the U S and other countries Fujitsu and the Fujitsu logo are registered trademarks of Fujitsu Limited All SPARC trademarks are used und
147. and writes it in the format of a zip archive snapshot stores the collected data on a remote network host or on an external media device based upon the use of the t T or d option To store the collected data on a remote network host using the t option you must specify a host name or IP address a target directory on the remote network host and the user name of a user on the remote host If you have already set an archive target using setarchiving 8 you can use the T option to store the data on a remote network host using that same information or use T in conjunction with the D option to change only the target directory When storing data on a remote network host snapshot opens a network connection using SSH to act as a data pipe to the remote file It is possible to restrict data collection on some larger log files to a specific date range using the options S and optionally E Encrypted network protocols such as SSH and SSL are used for transmission of the data across a network connection The entire zip archive itself can be encrypted using the e flag To decrypt a zip archive that has been encrypted with this process use the encryption password given to snapshot with the openss1 System Administration 433 snapshot 8 434 Privileges OPTIONS command The following example decrypts the file jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 07 08T22 33 44 zip e openssl aes 128 chc d in jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 07 08T22 33 44
148. anging from 0 to 15 System Administration 291 showboards 8 Assignment Domain assignment state of the XSB Either of the following is displayed Unavailable The XSB cannot be used The XSB may be unrecognizable because it is not mounted it contains an error it has been assigned to another domain or the settings of the domain or system board are not complete Available The XSB is registered on the DCL and can be used The XSB may be located in the system board pool Assigned The XSB is reserved for or assigned to the domain Pwr Power status of the XSB n Power is off y Power is on Conn Status of the XSB connection to the domain configuration n The XSB is not connected to the domain or it is located in the system board pool y The XSB is connected to the domain 292 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 showboards 8 Conf Incorporation state of XSB hardware resources into the Solaris OS n The resources are not connected to the Solaris OS y The resources are incorporated in the Solaris OS Test Status of an initial diagnosis on an XSB Unmount The XSB cannot be recognized because it is not mounted or because it has an error Unknown Not performed Testing The initial diagnosis is in progress Passed The initial diagnosis ended normally Failed Error test fail detected by an initial diagnosis The XSB cannot be used or is ina degraded state Fault XSB degrad
149. ar second Specifies time in UTC When omitted the local time is specified mon Automatically answers y yes to all prompts When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command In the M8000 M9000 servers the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there is a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error and the setting will be reflected to the active XSCF only If the XSCF is used as an NTP server change the XSCF time and synchronize the domain times with the XSCF time The XSCF time is applied to a domain during either of the following operations System Administration 159 setdate 8 EXAMPLES a The ntpdate 1M command is executed in the domain a Rebooting the domain The setdate 8 command needs to be executed in the system power off status When an NTP server has been set to XSCF the setdate 8 command results in an error Whether an NTP server set to XSCF or not can be checked by using the showntp 8 command To check the currently set XSCF date and time execute the showdate 8 command EXAMPLE1 Sets January 27 16 59 00 2006 of the local time JST as the current time XSCF gt setdate s 012716592006 00 Fri Jan 27 16 59 00 JST 2006 The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y Fri Jan 27 07 59 00 UTC 2006 XSCF gt The reset continues after this point
150. ards 291 showcod 297 showcodlicense 299 showcodusage 301 showconsolepath 307 showdate 309 showdcl 311 showdevices 317 showdomainmode 323 showdomainstatus 327 showdscp 329 showdualpowerfeed 333 showemailreport 335 Contents showenvironment 337 showfru 343 showhardconf 345 showhostname 353 showhttps 355 showldap 357 showlocale 359 showlocator 361 showlogs 363 showlookup 379 showmonitorlog 381 shownameserver 383 shownetwork 385 shownotice 391 showntp 393 showpasswordpolicy 397 showpowerupdelay 399 showresult 401 showroute 403 showshutdowndelay 407 showsmtp 409 showsnmp 411 showsnmpusm 415 showsnmpvacm 417 showssh 419 showstatus 423 showtelnet 425 showtimezone 427 showuser 431 snapshot 433 switchscf 441 testsb 443 traceroute 449 unlockmaintenance 453 iv SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual October 2008 version 455 viewaudit 459 who 467 Contents v Preface This manual describes how to use the shell command which can be executed in the XSCF environment in SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers The shell command is hereinafter referred to as XSCF shell command XSCF is a system monitoring facility to conduct monitoring control operation or maintenance of main unit and domains of SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers It is mounted as a firmware on the service processor which is independent from the processor of the system For each command th
151. are displayed HTTPS Status Indicates whether the HTTPS service is operating Server key Indicates whether the private key of the web server has been installed CA key Indicates whether the private key of the certification authority has been installed CA cert Indicates whether the certificate of the certification authority has been installed CSR The certificate of the web server You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The sethttps 8 command make settings for the HTTPS service in the XSCF network EXAMPLE 1 Displays the status of the HTTPS service XSCF gt showhttps HTTPS status enabled Server key installed in Apr 24 12 34 56 JST 2006 CA key installed in Apr 24 12 00 34 JST 200 System Administration 355 showhttps 8 CA cert installed in Apr 24 12 00 34 JST 200 CSR MIIBwj CCASSCAQAwgYExCzAJBgNVBAYTAmpqMQ4wDAYDVQQIEWVzdGF0ZTERMA8G A1LUEBXMIbG9 Jj YWxpdHkxFTATBgNVBAOTDG9yZ2 FuaxphdG1vbj EPMAOGAI1UECxMG b3JnYW5pMOQO8wDQYDVQQDEwzZjb21tb24xFjAUBgkahkiG9w0BCQEWB2V1Lm1haWww gZ8wDQYUJKoZIhvcNAQEBBQOADgYOAMIGJAOGBAJ5D57X k42LcipTWBWzv2GrxaVM 5GEyx3bdBWS8 7WZhnd3uiZ9 AN1vRAuw YYy7I pAD NQJ esBcBjuyj9x IiJ19F MrISfR8pOIywVOdbMPCarO9rruU45bvezhTyi uQOdwLoX Dhq0 fm2BpYuh9WukT5 pTEg 2dABg 8Ud
152. as a delimiter If the same pair of an LSB number and XSB number is duplicated an error occurs Also if an XSB number has already been set for the specified lsb an error occurs If the specified xsb has already been set for another LSB the existing setting is canceled and the specified xsb is set for the specified lsb Specifies the domain ID to be set An integer ranging from 0 to 23 can be specified for domain_id depending on the system configuration Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 164 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 s option value setdcl 8 Clears the XSB number associated with an LSB number in the specified domain On the M3000 server you cannot specify this option Makes settings regarding hardware resources of the XSB associated with an LSB An item to be set is specified for option and a value corresponding to option is specified for value option and value are specified only once in a format using an equal sign to delimit the specified values The space character must not be inserted immediately before and after One of the following can be specified for option On the M3000 server only policy can be specified policy Degradation range applicable for a detected error during an initial diagnosis of hardware no mem Whether to omit the use of memory on a domain no io Whether to omit the use of I O
153. ation 381 showmonitorlog 8 382 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO shownameserver 8 shownameserver display the registered domain name system DNS servers specified on the XSCF network shownameserver shownameserver h shownameserver 8 command displays the registered DNS servers in the XSCF network You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The setnameserver 8 command sets the DNS servers used in the XSCF network EXAMPLE1 Displays the DNS servers currently set for the XSCF network The following example shows that three DNS servers have been set XSCF gt shownameserver nameserver 192 168 1 2 nameserver 10 18 108 10 nameserver 10 24 1 2 EXAMPLE 2 Displays the DNS servers currently set for the XSCF network The following example shows that no DNS server is set XSCF gt shownameserver The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setnameserver 8 System Administration 383 shownameserver 8 384 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised
154. ation about field replaceable unit FRU installed in the system showhardconf u showhardconf h showhardconf 8 command displays information about each FRU The following information is displayed m Current configuration and status m Number of installed FRUs m Domain information m External I O Expansion Unit information m Name properties of PCI cards You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command u Displays the number of FRUs installed in each unit For CPU modules operating frequencies are displayed For memory units the capacity of each memory unit is displayed If this option is omitted the current configuration and status information regarding FRUs and domain information are displayed System Administration 345 showhardconf 8 EXTENDED When the configuration and status information regarding FRUs and domain DESCRIPTION information are displayed for any failed or degraded unit an asterisk indicating an abnormal unit is displayed along with
155. ation status Normal Normal Degraded Component in a degraded state The XSB can operate Faulted An error occurred and the XSB cannot operate When the v option is specified the following types of information are displayed as XSB detail status information R Dynamic reconfiguration DR involving the reservation state of the XSB in the domain H DR processing is reserved When the domain is rebooted the XSB is incorporated into or disconnected from the domain and the domain configuration is changed Cod Whether the XSB is a COD board n The XSB is not a COD board y The XSB is a COD board System Administration 293 showboards 8 294 Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can execute the command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can execute the command only for accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a C Sp d domain id Displays the state of XSBs configured in or assigned to a domain and the state of all mounted XSBs Displays the system boards located in the system board pool System boards in the system board pool do not belong to any domain Specifies the ID of the domain whose status of XSB is displayed Only information that is defined with the DCL of the specified domain is displayed An integer ranging from 0 to 2
156. ault locale of the XSCF control the blinking of the CHECK LED on the operator panel enable or disable the use of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP server for authentication and privilege lookup set the domain name system DNS servers used in the XSCF network sets or removes the network interface that used in XSCF set the NTP servers used in the XSCF network manage the system password policy set the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup assign user privileges set routing information for an XSCF network interface set the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the uninterruptible power supply UPS set up the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP settings manage the SNMP agent specify the SNMPv3 agent s User based Security Model USM configuration Intro 3 Intro 8 setsnmpvacm setssh settelnet settimezone setupfru setupplatform showaltitude showarchiving showaudit showautologout showboards showcod showcodlicense showcodusage showconsolepath showdate showdcl showdevices showdomainmode showdomainstatus showdscp showdualpowerfeed showemailreport modify the SNMPv3 agent s View based Access Control Model VACM configuration set the SSH service used in the XSCF network Also generate the host public key and register or delete the user public key which are necessary for the SSH service start or stop the telnet service used in th
157. ay of September 0 00 XSCF gt showtimezone c dst JST 9JDT 10 M4 1 0 00 00 00 M9 1 0 00 00 00 EXAMPLE 4 Displays the Daylight Saving Time information that has been set in the cur rent time zone by default XSCF gt showtimezone c dst m standard From Sun Mar 9 03 00 00 2008 PDT To Sun Nov 2 01 59 59 2008 PDT EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 gt 0 Successful completion An error occurred SEE ALSO setdate 8 settimezone 8 showdate 8 430 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS showuser 8 showuser display user account information showuser showuser a M p u user showuser a 1 M p ull showuser h showuser 8 displays XSCF user account information If the user argument is specified showuser displays account information for the specified user If the user argument is not specified then showuser displays account information for the current user If the 1 option is specified showuser displays account information for all local users When invoked with one or more of the options a p or u showuser displays information as described in the OPTIONS section below When invoked without any of these options showuser displays all account information No privileges are needed for you to view your own account You must have user
158. aying the prompt XSCF gt poweroff q y d 2 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO poweron 8 reset 8 showdomainstatus 8 106 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION poweron 8 poweron turn on the power to the specified domain poweron a y n M a domain id poweron a y a M a poweron h The poweron 8 command turns on the power to the specified domain The command can turn on the power to the specified domain or to all domains You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Turns on the power to every domain that has been completely set up Only users who have the platadm or fieldeng privileges can specify this option The domain that has been completely set up means a domain that has been completely set up with the setdc1 8 and addboard 8 commands d domain id Specifies the ID of the domain to be turned on domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error oc
159. be no minimum temperature alarm threshold led type Used with the setled operand specifies a software controlled FRU LED The following table indicates which LED states can be controlled using the setled operand with the off on fast and slow LED state settings Y yes indicates that the LED can be controlled N no indicates that it cannot be controlled LED Name off on fast slow ACTIVE Power OK sd a Yo Y LOCATE Locate Y N Y N SERVICE Fault Locate ka yY Yo A RDY2RM Ready to remove Y Y Y Y OVERTEMP Overtemp K EB Es DCOK DC Power N N N N POWER AC Power N N N N DATA Data N N N N MGMT Management N N N N The OVERTEMP LED and chassis ACTIVE LED may be set to each state However the hardware frequently updates the LED state so changes to the LED state may not be visible Note Other LEDs are not under software control A list of LEDs present in the system can be displayed by using the env 1 operand System Administration 81 ioxadm 8 list target Lists the External 1 O Expansion Units under system management If no target is specified list displays a list of External I O Expansion Units one per line Each line contains the unique identifier for that box and the host specific name s for its downlink card s See EXAMPLE 3 If an External 1 O Expansion Unit argument or downlink card path is specified the command displays a single line with the indicated FRU If a host path is s
160. be used for the monitoring message log Displays a log in detail Details of Diagnostic Codes UUID and MSG ID which are used by the fmadm 8 and fmdump 8 commands are also displayed in addition to the items normally displayed This option cannot be specified together with the s or V option This option can be specified for an error log or event log Displays a log in greater detail If detailed log information on machine administration and OBP console log information have already been collected they are also displayed in addition to the information displayed by the v option This option cannot be specified together with the S or the v option This option can be specified for an error log 366 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION showlogs 8 The following operands are supported error Displays the error log sometimes includes scan log power Displays the power log event Displays the event log env Displays the temperature and humidity record monitor Displays the monitoring message log console Displays the console message log panic Displays the panic message log ipl Displays the IPL message log Logs are displayed in the following formats Error log Default Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occur
161. ble Disables dual power feed mode The state of the current dual power feed mode can be checked by using the showdualpowerfeed 8 command EXAMPLE1 Disables dual power feed mode in the system Before rebooting the system a message is displayed XSCF gt setdualpowerfeed s disable enable gt disable NOTE Dual power feed will be disabled the next time the platform is powered on EXAMPLE2 Enables dual power feed mode in the system Before rebooting the system a System Administration 185 setdualpowerfeed 8 message is displayed XSCF gt setdualpowerfeed s enable disable gt enable NOTE Dual power feed will be enabled the next time the platform is powered on EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showdualpowerfeed 8 186 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setemailreport 8 setemailreport set up the email report configuration data setemailreport v t setemailreport s variable value setemailreport h setemailreport 8 sets up email reporting configuration data for remote maintenance Once the configuration data is set up it is used by the fault management daemon to send email reports as required If you run the setemailreport command without specifying any options you will be prompted to answer whether email reporti
162. cO FUJITSU SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers C120 E333 07EN DL FUJITSU SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual XSCF Control Package XCP 108x Manual Code C120 E333 07EN Copyright 2007 2008 Sun Microsystems Inc 4150 Network Circle Santa Clara California 95054 U S A and FUJITSU LIMITED 1 1 Kamikodanaka 4 chome Nakahara ku Kawasaki shi Kanagawa ken 211 8588 Japan All rights reserved Sun Microsystems Inc and Fujitsu Limited each own or control intellectual property rights relating to products and technology described in this document and such products technology and this document are protected by copyright laws patents and other intellectual property laws and international treaties The intellectual property rights of Sun Microsystems Inc and Fujitsu Limited in such products technology and this document include without limitation one or more of the United States patents listed at http www sun com patents and one or more additional patents or patent applications in the United States or other countries This document and the product and technology to which it pertains are distributed under licenses restricting their use copying distribution and decompilation No part of such product or technology or of this document may be reproduced in any form by any means without prior written authorization of Fujitsu Limited and Sun Microsystems Inc
163. can be utilized You can also enable headroom and reserve licenses for some domains with setcod 8 The setcod 8 command is not available on the M3000 server When no domain_id is specified current values are displayed in the square brackets at the command prompt If no value is specified for an operand it retains its current value You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain_id Domain identifier domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts v Specifies verbose output y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts System Administration 155 setcod 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported headroom Amount of headroom processors to be enabled Maximum value is 4 proc rtus The number of Right To Use RTUs licenses reserved for a domain One RTU license is required for each CPU EXTENDED If you run the setcod command without specifying any options the command DESCRIPTION prompts you for COD information You are asked to specify the amount of COD headroom to be used and the number of COD RTU licenses to be reserved for your domains When you are prompted for COD information the
164. ccepted if it contains at least one digit or nonalphanumeric character A password of 8 characters is accepted if it contains a digit and a nonalphanumeric character The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred adduser 8 password 8 showpasswordpolicy 8 System Administration 223 setpasswordpolicy 8 224 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES setpowerupdelay 8 setpowerupdelay set the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup setpowerupdelay c warmup s time setpowerupdelay c wait s time setpowerupdelay h The setpowerupdelay 8 command sets the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup The wait time before system startup can be used to control the system startup time so that the system is started only after air conditioning makes the temperature of the computer room suitable If the system power has already been turned on and the system is operating the setting takes effect at the next startup You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c warmup Specifies the warm up time c wait Specifies the wait time before system startup h Displays usage statement When used with
165. ce processor Ver Version number of the license which is always set to 01 Expiration Expiration of the license Count Number of right to use licenses granted for the given resource Status GOOD which indicates that the given resource is valid or EXPIRED which indicates that the resource license is no longer valid The following examples display the COD license information System Administration 299 showcodlicense 8 EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Formatted License Data XSCF gt showcodlicense v Description Ver Expiration Count Status PROC 01 NONE 16 GOOD 01 84000000 000000001 0301010100 16 00000000 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX EXAMPLE 2 Displaying Raw License Data XSCF gt showcodlicense r 01 84000000 104 0301010100 3 00000000 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxX EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addcodlicense 8 deletecodlicense 8 showcodusage 8 300 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showcodusage 8 showcodusage display the current usage statistics for Capacity on Demand COD resources showcodusage v M p resource domain all1 showcodusage h showcodusage 8 shows current information about COD right to use RTU licenses in use The showcodusage 8 command is not available on the M3000 server By default this command d
166. cf 0 hostname hostname 0 DNS domain name example com nameserver 10 23 4 3 20 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO applynetwork 8 interface xscf 0O lan 0O status up IP address 10 24 144 214 netmask 255 255 255 0 route n 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 g 10 24 144 1 interface xscf 0 lan 1 status down IP address netmask route Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the network settings Please confirm that the settings have been applied by executing showhostname shownetwork showroute and shownameserver after rebooting the XSCF EXAMPLE 3_ Reflects the information that has been set for the XSCF network Suppresses prompts and automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt applynetwork q y The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred rebootxscf 8 sethostname 8 setnameserver 8 setnetwork 8 setroute 8 System Administration 21 applynetwork 8 22 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cfgdevice 8 cfgdevice connect the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to the port disconnect it from the port or display the status of the drive cfgdevice q y n c attach p port no cfgdevice q y n c detach p port_no cfgdevice 1 M cfgdev
167. cified in base 10 T hours ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T days ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 You can append a decimal fraction of the form n to any t option argument to indicate a fractional number of seconds beyond the specified time EXAMPLE1 Default fmdump Display XSCF gt fmdump TIME UUID MSG ID Aug 12 16 12 13 2811 7868clcc 23d4 c575 8659 85cdbe61842e FMD 8000 77 Aug 12 16 12 13 2985 7868clcc 23d4 c575 8659 85cdbe61842e FMD 8000 77 Sep 01 16 06 57 5839 3ceca439 b0b2 4db1 9123 c8ace3 2b371 FMD 8000 77 Sep 01 16 06 57 6278 3ceca439 b0b2 4db1 9123 c8ace3 2b371 FMD 8000 77 Sep 06 09 37 05 0983 6485b42b 6638 4c5d b652 bec485290788 LINUX 8000 1N 64 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 fmdump 8 Sep 06 09 38 10 8584 77435994 5b99 4db8 bdcd 985c7d3ae3e4 LINUX 8000 1 Sep 06 09 57 44 6502 0087d58c e5b9 415d 91bc adf7c41da316 LINUX 8000 1 Sep 06 12 40 59 2801 97de2cef 8eal 407a 8a53 c7a67e61987a LINUX 8000 1 Sep 06 12 41 10 1076 fa7304 9 c9e8 4cd1 9ca5 e35 57d53b2c LINUX 8000 1 Sep 06 13 01 49 1462 ce550611 4308 4336 8a9a 19676f828515 LINUX 8000 1 Sep 06 15 42 56 6132 Of4b429f c0O48 47cd 9dIf a2f7b6d4c957 LINUX 8000 1 Sep 06 16 07 14 4652 7d5fb282 e01b 476a b7e1l 1la0f8de80758 LINUX 8000 1 2 2 2 42 42 42 4 2 Sep 06 16 08 16 3755 41379237 9750 4fd6 bce3 b5131d864d34 LINUX 8000 1 Sep 29 14 49 27 8452 0455c
168. code FMD 8000 58 diag time 1128021009 615016 de embedded nvlist nvlist version 0 version 0x0 scheme fmd authority embedded nvlist nvlist version 0 version 0x0 product id SUNW SPARC Enterprise chassis id BF0000001V server id localhost end authority 66 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 fmdump 8 mod name sde mod version 1 13 end de fault list sz 0x1 fault list array of embedded nvlists start fault list 0 nvlist version 0 version 0x0 class fault io iox cp seeprom certainty 0x64 fru embedded nvlist nvlist version 0 scheme hc version 0x0 hc root hc list sz 0x1 he list array of embedded nvlists start hc list 0 nvlist version 0 hc name iox hc id 0 end hc list 0 end fru end fault list 0 EXAMPLE5 Displaying Contents of the Fault Manager syslog Message XSCF gt fmdump m M MSG ID FMD 8000 11 TYPE Defect VER 1 SEVERITY Minor EVENT TIME Tue Nov 7 07 01 44 PST 2006 PLATFORM SUNW SPARC Enterprise CSN 7860000764 HOSTNAME san ff2 20 0 SOURCE sde REV 1 5 EVENT ID 2daddee0 2f42 47ee b5b2 57ae6a41bfc0 System Administration 67 fmdump 8 68 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO DESC A Solaris Fault Manager component generated a diagnosis for which no message summary exists Refer to http www sun com msg FMD 8000 11 for more information AUTO RESPONSE The diagnosis has bee
169. conditions not satisfied it leads to an error m All of the target PSB are not operating on the domain m All of the target PSB are Uni XSB Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies the diagnostic level of initial diagnosis One of the values shown below can be specified min Normal default max Maximum Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Displays a detailed message of initial diagnosis moun Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following operand is supported location Specifies only one PSB number An integer from 00 15 can be specified m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m When the system board XSB belonging to the specified PSB is in any status below the testsb 8 command results in an error m XSB is installed in the domain and this domain is in operation 444 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 testsb 8 m XSB is installed in the domain and this domain is in OpenBoot PROM ok gt prompt status m XSB is installed in the domain and this domain is power ON status power OFF status or reboot status m The addboard 8 deleteboard 8 or moveboard 8 command is executed for XS
170. container is printed in a tree structure as well prtfru without any arguments prints the FRU hierarchy and all of the FRUID container data prt fru prints to the screen Output can be redirected to a file Note FRU information from the domains is not available using this command You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported g Prints only the containers and their data This option does not print the FRU tree hierarchy h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command L Prints only the FRU tree hierarchy This option does not print the container data Xx Prints in XML format with a system identifier SYSTEM of prtfrureg dtd The following operands are supported container The path and name of the particular hardware that holds data EXAMPLE1 Displaying FRU Tree Hierarchy XSCF gt prtfru 1 frutree frutree chassis fru frutree chassis iou0 System Administration 111 prtfru 8 frutree chassis iou0 IOU fru rutree chassis iou0 IOU slot3 frutree chassis iou0 IOU slot3 LINK container frutree chassis iou0 IOU slot3 LINK i0x983392 I0X iob1 PCIX LINK fru frutree chassis iox983392 frutree chassis iox983392 frutree chassis iox983392 frutree chassis i
171. cun engagement de quelque type que ce soit de la part de Fujitsu Limited ou de Sun Microsystems Inc ou des soci t s affili es Ce document et le produit et les technologies qu il d crit peuvent inclure des droits de propri t intellectuelle de parties tierces prot g s par copyright et ou c d s sous licence par des fournisseurs a Fujitsu Limited et ou Sun Microsystems Inc y compris des logiciels et des technologies relatives aux polices de caract res Par limites du GPL ou du LGPL une copie du code source r gi par le GPL ou LGPL comme applicable est sur demande vers la fin utilsateur disponible veuillez contacter Fujitsu Limted ou Sun Microsystems Inc Cette distribution peut comprendre des composants d velopp s par des tierces parties Des parties de ce produit pourront tre d riv es des syst mes Berkeley BSD licenci s par l Universit de Californie UNIX est une marque d pos e aux Etats Unis et dans d autres pays et licenci e exclusivement par X Open Company Ltd Sun Sun Microsystems le logo Sun Java Netra Solaris Sun Ray Answerbook2 docs sun com OpenBoot et Sun Fire sont des marques de fabrique ou des marques d pos es de Sun Microsystems Inc ou ses filiales aux Etats Unis et dans d autres pays Fujitsu et le logo Fujitsu sont des marques d pos es de Fujitsu Limited Toutes les marques SPARC sont utilis es sous licence et sont des marques de fabrique ou des marques d pos es de SPARC
172. curs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command System Administration 107 poweron 8 m When the poweron 8 command is executed power on results for each of the specified domains are displayed in the following format Powering on The power was turned on normally Not Powering on An error occurred and the power could not be turned on An error message is displayed with Not Powering on m The showdomainstatus 8 command can be used to check whether the power of each domain on the system is on EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Turns on power to all domains XSCF gt poweron a DomainIDs to power on 00 01 02 03 Continue y n l y 00 Powering on 01 Powering on 02 Powering on 03 Powering on Note This command only issues the instruction to power on z rhe result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE2 Turns on power to domains with domain IDs 0 XSCF gt poweron d 0 DomainIDs to power on 00 Continue y n y 00 Powering on Note po This command only issues the instruction to powe
173. d The power off process is starting Initialization Phase OpenBoot PROM initialization is in progress OpenBoot Executing Completed The system is in the OpenBoot PROM ok prompt state Booting OpenBoot PROM prompt The Solaris OS is booting Or due to the domain shutdown or reboot the system is in the OpenBoot PROM running state or is suspended in the OpenBoot PROM ok prompt state Running The Solaris OS is running 312 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 Privileges showdcl 8 If the v option is specified the following information is added Cfg policy No Mem No IO Float Degradation range applicable for an error detected during an initial diagnosis of hardware Any of the following is displayed FRU Degradation of a component default XSB Degradation of an XSB System Degradation of a domain Whether to omit the use of memory on a domain Either of the following is displayed True Omits the use of memory on a domain False Does not omits the use of memory on a domain default Whether to omit the use of I O devices on a domain Either of the following is displayed True Omits the use of I O devices on a domain False Does not omit the use of I O devices on a domain default Whether to set a priority for the specified LSB as a floating board relative to other boards Either of the following is displayed True Gives a higher priorit
174. d Replaceable Unit FRU delete an XSCF user account disable an XSCF user account save system configuration information enable an XSCF user account exit the XSCF shell update the firmware fault management configuration tool Intro 1 Intro 8 fmdump fmstat getflashimage ioxadm man moveboard nslookup password ping powerof f poweron prtfru rebootxscf replacefru reset resetdateoffset restoreconfig restoredefaults sendbreak setaltitude setarchiving setaudit setautologout setcod setdate view fault management logs report fault management module statistics download a firmware image file manage External I O Expansion Units display manual pages of specified XSCF shell command move an eXtended System Board XSB from the current domain to another refer to the DNS server for the host manage user passwords and expiration settings sends the ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packets to the network host or the network device turn off the power to the specified domain turn on the power to the specified domain display FRUID data on the system and External I O Expansion Unit reset the XSCF replace a Field Replaceable Unit FRU reset the specified domain reset the time subtraction between XSCF and the domain restore the system configuration information previously saved by dumpconfig delete the setting and the log information that stored in the server or the XSCF unit and restore it to t
175. d domain id a Isb xsb Isb xsb setdcl d domain id r lsb Isb setdcl h The setdc1 8 command sets a DCL A DCL is hardware resource information that can be set for a domain or the logical system boards LSBs that are components of a domain An LSB is a board unit recognized by the Solaris OS in a domain Up to 16 boards can be registered in each domain and they are represented by integer numbers ranging from 0 to 15 An extended system board XSB is a board unit that can be used in the system and is one partition of a partitioned physical system board PSB An XSB is represented by x y a combination of a PSB number and the number of one partition of the partitioned PSB x is an integer ranging from 00 to 15 and y is an integer ranging from 0 to 3 The setdc1 8 command associates an XSB with an LSB that can be recognized by the Solaris OS in the domain and its settings enable the Solaris OS in the domain to use hardware resources on the associated XSB The setdc1 8 command can set the following types of DCL information For the domain m Degradation range applicable for an error detected during an initial diagnosis of hardware policy On the M3000 server the setdc1 8 command can set policy only For the LSB m XSB number of the XSB to be associated with an LSB 1sb xsb The XSB with the specified XSB number is associated with an LSB m Using memory mounted on an LSB no mem The user can specify whe
176. d with m netmask it specifies a network address for all DSCP links in the system When used with d domain id it specifies an individual domain specific IP address for use by DSCP When used with s it specifies the IP address used for the Service Processor end of all DSCP links in the system Specifies a netmask address for all DSCP links in the system Must be used with i address mon Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Must be used with the i address option Specifies the Service Processor end of all DSCP links in the system Displays a detailed message If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored moun Automatically answers y yes to all prompts EXAMPLES Caution The IP addresses shown in the following examples are examples only When choosing DSCP IP addresses avoid choosing addresses that are used elsewhere in your local area network LAN For information about DSCP IP addresses refer to the System Configuration chapter of the Administration Guide 182 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setdscp 8 EXAMPLE 1 Assigning All DSCP Addresses XSCF gt setdscp y i 10 1 1 0 m 255 255 255 0 Commit these changes to the database y n y EXAMPLE2 Assigning an Alternative IP address to Domain 1 XSCF gt setdscp d 1 i 10 1 1 26 Commit these changes to the databa
177. e SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 u uuid fmdump 8 Selects fault diagnosis events that exactly match the specified uuid Each diagnosis is associated with a UUID for identification purposes The u option can be combined with other options such as v to show all of the details associated with a particular diagnosis If the e option and u option are specified at the same time fmdump displays the relevant error events Displays verbose event detail The event display is enlarged to show additional common members of the selected events Displays very verbose event detail The event display is enlarged to show every member of the name value pair list associated with each event In addition for fault logs the event display includes a list of cross references to the corresponding errors that were associated with the diagnosis The following are the Time Formats Time Format Description mm dd yy hh mm mm dd yy hh mm mm dd yy 88 Month day year hour in 24 hour format minute and second Any amount of whitespace can separate the date and time The argument should be quoted so that the shell interprets the two strings as a single argument Month day year hour in 24 hour format and minute Any amount of whitespace can separate the date and time The argument should be quoted so that the shell interprets the two strings as a single argument 12 00 00AM
178. e i results in errors s src_addr W displayed w wait set to 3 seconds OPERANDS The following operand is supported host EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 tSpecifies the timeout period in units of seconds If omitted it is Specifies the network host or the network device to send the packet Can be specified with host name or IP address XSCF gt traceroute server example com traceroute to server examp le com XX XX XX XX 792 ms 1 673 ms 235 ms 2 249 ms 199 ms 2 228 ms 516 ms 2 229 ms 546 ms 2 347 ms packets 1 XX XX XX 1 XX XX XX 1 1 2 XX XX XX 2 XX XX XX 2 2 3 XX XX XX 3 XX XX XX 3 2 4 XX XX XX 4 XX XX XX 4 2 5 XX XX XX 5 XX XX XX 5 2 6 server example com XX XX XX XX 2 172 ms EXAMPLE 2 ple com XSCF LAN 192 168 100 10 XSCF gt traceroute v server example com traceroute to server example com XX XX XX XX 1 2 XX XX XX 1 36 bytes to 192 1 XX XX XX 2 36 bytes to 192 1 XX XX XX 3 36 bytes to 192 1 XX XX XX 4 36 bytes to 192 1 XX XX XX 5 36 bytes to 192 1 server example com 48 bytes 68 100 10 1 792 68 100 10 2 235 68 100 10 2 199 68 100 10 2 516 68 100 10 2 546 to 192 168 100 10 30 2 2 hops max 549 367 361 357 272 ms ms ms ms ms 2 313 ms 30 hops max 2 36 ms ms 1 673 ms 1 549 ms 2 249 ms 2 367 ms 2 228 ms 2 361 ms 2 229 ms 2 357 ms 2 347 ms 2 272 2 172 ms 2 313 ms SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSC
179. e setpasswordpolicy 8 You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs u UID Creates a new user with the given user identifier UID Specifying a UID is optional If specified the UID must be greater than or equal to 100 and 65534 and 65535 are reserved If not specified a UID is automatically assigned The following operand is supported user Specifies a valid user name to be added The maximum length of the user name is 31 characters New local XSCF user account can be combination of alpha numeric or _ Any combination of upper and lower case letters can be used The first character must be an alphabetical character jsmith j_smith j_smith 0123 or J_Smith 0123 for example System Administration 15 adduser 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Creating a New User XSCF gt adduser u 359 jsmith EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO deleteuser 8 disableuser 8 enableuser 8 password 8 setldap 8 setpasswordpolicy 8 showldap 8 showpasswordpolicy 8 showuser 8 16 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION applynetwor
180. e Service Service mode m Event log Default Date Message Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 System power on Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 System power off Case where the v option is specified Date Message Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 System power on Switch Service Code xxxx XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXK XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX System Administration 371 showlogs 8 Date Message Switch Code Log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time Event message Status of the mode switch of the operator panel One of the following states are displayed Locked Normal operation mode Service Service mode Detailed event information The displayed information is in hexadecimal format m TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RECORD Date Temperature Humidity Power Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 32 56 C 60 20 System Power On Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 32 56 C 60 25 System Power Off Date Log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time Temperature Intake air temperature Decimal numbers are displayed to two decimal places The unit is degree Celsius C Humidity Humidity The displayed numbers are percentages Humidity is displayed on the M8000 M9000 servers only Power Power state of the main unit Either of the following states is displayed System Power ON The main unit power is o
181. e 8 SEE ALSO setdomainmode 8 System Administration 325 showdomainmode 8 326 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges showdomainstatus 8 showdomainstatus display the current domain component list DCL showdomainstatus d domain id showdomainstatus a showdomainstatus h The showdomainstatus 8 command displays the current status of the specified domain One of the following states is displayed for each domain Additional information may be displayed Powered Off Power is off Panic State A panic occurred and the domain is in the reboot state Shutdown Started The power off process is starting Initialization Phase OpenBoot PROM initialization is in progress OpenBoot Execution Completed The system is in the OpenBoot PROM ok prompt state Booting OpenBoot PROM prompt The Solaris OS is booting Or due to the domain shutdown or reboot the system is in the OpenBoot PROM running state or is suspended in the OpenBoot PROM ok prompt state Running The Solaris OS is running Domain is not defined You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop fieldeng System Administration 327 showdomainstatus 8 Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for mor
182. e M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers and basic knowledge of XSCF Notation of This Manual Here describes the notation used in this manual Intro 8 provides the XSCF shell commands and the brief description of them in the alphabetical order viii SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual October 2008 Each XSCF shell command is described in the order of sections below When there s no relevant description provided the section itself is omitted Section Description NAME This section gives the names of the XSCF shell commands followed by a brief description of what they do SYNOPSIS This section gives the syntax of commands The use of font style complies with the following rule bold Enters the command name or the constants as displayed Italic Substitutes the variables and so forth with the appropriate values when the command executed The use of symbols such as parenthesis complies with the following rule 1 Brackets The OPTIONS or OPERANDS enclosed in these brackets can be omitted Those not enclosed can t be omitted Braces The OPTIONS or OPERANDS enclosed in these braces are treated as a unit Separator You should specify one of the OPTIONS or OPERANDS delimited with this symbol Ellipsis You can specify multiple OPTIONS or OPERANDS just before DESCRIPTION This section gives the detailed description such as the command function It describes the behavior after the comm
183. e M4000 M5000 Servers Service Manual SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Service Manual External I O Expansion Unit Installation and Service Manual SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers RCI Build Procedure SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Administration Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Dynamic Reconfiguration DR User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers RCI User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Product Notes SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Product Notes Manual Codes C120 E391 C120 E538 C120 E348 C120 E326 C120 E457 C120 E349 C120 E350 C120 E327 C120 E539 C120 E351 C120 E328 C120 E540 C120 E352 C120 E330 C120 E329 C120 E361 C120 E331 C120 E332 C120 E333 C120 E335 C120 E336 C120 E360 Go to the Web Go to the Web Preface xi Book Titles Manual Codes SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Product Notes Go to the Web External I O Expansion Unit Product Notes C120 E456 SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 C120 E514 Servers Glossary SPARC Enterprise PRIMEQUEST Common Installation C120 H007 Planning Manual 1 Manuals on
184. e XSCF network set the time zone and Daylight Saving Time of XSCF set up device hardware set up platform specific settings display the altitude of the system and whether the air filter installed display log archiving configuration and status display the current auditing system state display the session timeout time of the XSCF shell display information on an eXtended System Board XSB display Capacity on Demand COD configuration information display the current Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU licenses stored in the COD license database display the current usage statistics for Capacity on Demand COD resources display information on the domain console that is currently connected show the date and time of XSCF display the current domain component list DCL display current information on an eXtended System Board XSB display the domain mode display the current domain component list DCL display the IP addresses assigned to the Domain to Service Processor Communications Protocol DSCP display the current setting of dual power feed mode display the email report configuration data 4 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 showenvironment showfru showhardconf showhostname showhttps showl showl showl showl showl dap ocale ocator ogs ookup showmonitorlog shownameserver shownetwork shownotice showntp Intro 8
185. e host Collecting data into joeGjupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE 2 Downloading a Host Key XSCF gt snapshot t joe jupiter west home joe logs x Downloading Public Key from jupiter west Public Key Fingerprint c9 e0 bc b2 1a 80 29 24 13 d09 1 13 5 5c 2c 0f Accept this public key yes no y Enter ssh password for user joe on host jupiter west System Administration 437 snapshot 8 Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joeGjupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE 3 Downloading With a User Provided Public Key XSCF gt snapshot t joeGjupiter west home joe logs x k ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1lyc2EAAAABIWAAAIEAWVFiSQNVBFhTTzq0AX5iQqCkkJjd6ezWkvGt mMkJJzzMj YKOsBlLhn6dGEIiHdBSZO8QLAXb8N4Kq8JDOBpLSN4yokUPTcZQNxJaY AOWO58Qgxbn Enter ssh password for user joe on host jupiter west Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joe jupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE4 Log Files Only Using No Public Key XSCF gt snapshot t bob mars east home bob logs x k none 1 Enter ssh password for user bob on host mars east Log only mode No commands will be collected Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joe jupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE5 Download
186. e information OPTIONS The following options are supported a Displays status information on all domains that can be accessed d domain id Specifies only one ID of the domain to be displayed domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays status information on all domains XSCF gt showdomainstatus a DID Domain Status 00 Running 01 Running Waiting for OS Shutdown 02 Powered Off 03 Panic State 04 Shutdown Started 05 Booting OpenBoot PROM prompt 06 Initialization Phase 07 OpenBoot Execution Completed EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO poweroff 8 poweron 8 reset 8 showdcl 8 328 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges showdscp 8 showdscp display the IP addresses assigned to the Domain to Service Processor Communications Protocol DSCP showdscp showdscp v p showdscp v p d domain id showdscp v p s showdscp h showdscp 8 displays the IP addresses assigned for DSCP usage the IP addresses for an individual domain the Service Processor or for the entire system When used without options it displays current IP data When displaying IP addresses for all DSCP links in
187. e mounted CPUs operate with the functions equivalent to the SPARC64 VI processor This mode can be set to a domain of any CPU configuration If any of the modes of operation for the specified domain is set the current settings are listed You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m OpenBoot PROM diagnostic levels fieldeng Can run this command for all domains System Administration 169 setdomainmode 8 m Host watchdog and suppress break signal reception auto boot function and operational mode of CPU platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported d domain_id Specifies the domain ID to be set domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 170 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setdomainmode 8 m function mode Sets the modes of operation and specifies its values Use function to set the modes of operation One of the following can be specified diag Specifies the OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level secure Specifies whether to enable or disable the host watchdog and suppress break signal reception autoboot Specifies whether to enable or disable the Auto boot function cpumode Sets the o
188. e offset time hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 59 System Administration 265 settimezone 8 p offset s timezone Specifies the offset of Daylight Saving Time and Greenwich mean time GMT You can specify offset in the following format In case omitted it is 1 hour before the specified time GMT hh mm ss GMT hh mm ss Greenwich mean time moun Specifies to set the standard time to the time which is ahead of GMT To adjust to the local time east to Greenwich the offset is a negative value Specifies to set the standard time to the time which is behind the GMT To adjust to the local tome west to Greenwich the offset is a positive value Specifies the offset time hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 59 Specifies the time zone One of the time zone displayed by the a option can be specified for timezone 266 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION settimezone 8 t date time Specifies the termination time of Daylight Saving Time You can specify date in any of the following formats Mm w d Mm Specifies the month to terminate Daylight Saving Time For m you can specify any integer from 1 to 12 w Specifies the week to terminate Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 5 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Specifies the day of the week to terminate Dayli
189. e system startup You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement The setpowerupdelay 8 command sets the warm up time of the system and a wait time before system startup EXAMPLE 1 Displays the warm up time of the system and wait time before system start up XSCF gt showpowerupdelay warmup time 10 minute s wait time 20 minute s The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setpowerupdelay 8 System Administration 399 showpowerupdelay 8 400 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS showresult 8 showresult display the exit status of the most recently executed command showresult showresult h showresult 8 command displays the exit status of the most recently executed showresult 8 is convenient for a remote control program to confirm whether the most recently executed command is successfully completed No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 display the exit status of setupfru 8 XSCF gt setupfru x
190. e the current audit trail enable Turns on the writing of audit records to the audit trail EXAMPLE1 Changing Classes Using Names XSCF setaudit c LOGIN AUDIT disable c ACS READ enable Auditing for LOGIN and AUDIT classes has been disabled Auditing for READ class is enabled EXAMPLE2 Changing Classes Using Numbers XSCF gt setaudit c 8 16 disable c l enable Auditing for classes 8 LOGIN and 16 AUDIT has been disabled Auditing for class 1 SYSTEM is enabled EXAMPLE3 Changing Classes and Enabling an Event XSCF gt setaudit c l enable e 64 disable Auditing is enabled for all of Class 1 SYSTEM except for event 64 USER is disabled EXAMPLE4 Enabling Auditing XSCF gt setaudit enable Turns on writing of the audit records for the audit trail EXAMPLES Enabling Warnings XSCF gt setaudit t 50 75 150 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setaudit 8 Warnings will be sent at 50 capacity and 75 capacity EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showaudit 8 System Administration 151 setaudit 8 152 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setautologout 8 setautologout set the session timeout time of the
191. eaa e226 424a 9b34 27603ca603 1 FMD 8000 58 Sep 29 15 02 00 3039 fb550ebc 80e9 41c8 8afc ac680b9eb613 FMD 8000 58 Sep 29 15 09 25 4335 8cec9a83 e2a3 4dc3 aT7cd de0lcaef5c63 FMD 8000 4M Sep 29 15 10 09 6151 5 88d7d5 a107 4435 99c9 7c59479d22ed FMD 8000 58 EXAMPLE2 Display in Verbose Mode XSCF gt fmdump v TIME UUID MSG ID Nov 30 20 44 55 1283 9f773e33 e46f 466c be86 fd3fcc449935 FMD 8000 0W 100 defect sunos fmd nosub EXAMPLE3 Display Very Verbose Event Detail for the Last UUID XSCF gt fmdump e V u 5f 88d7d5 a107 4435 99c9 7 c59479d22ed TIME CLASS Sep 29 2005 15 10 09 565220864 ereport io iox cp seeprom0 nresp nvlist version 0 detector embedded nvlist nvlist version 0 scheme hc version 0 he root he list_sz 0x1 he list array of embedded nvlists start hc list 0 System Administration 65 fmdump 8 nvlist version 0 scheme hc hc name iox hc id 0 end hc list 0 end detector IOXserial no 123456 class ereport io iox cp seeprom0 nresp ena Ox921b650000000001 EXAMPLE 4 Displaying the Full Fault Report for the Specified UUID XSCF gt fmdump V u 5 88d7d5 a107 4435 99c9 7c59479d22ed TIME UUID MSG ID Sep 29 15 10 09 6151 Sf88d7d5 a1l07 4435 99c9 7c59479d22ed FMD 8000 58 TIME CLASS ENA Sep 29 15 10 09 5652 ereport io iox cp seeprom0 nresp 0x921b650000000001 nvlist version 0 version 0x0 class list suspect uuid 5 88d7d5 a107 4435 99c9 7c59479d22ed
192. ecure Mode auto boot function Autoboot off When the OpenBoot PROM environmental variable auto boot has been set to false the auto boot function is disabled The diagnostics level of OpenBoot PROM is applied to the diag level of the addboard 8 command and moveboard 8 command The settings of the current modes of operation for the specified domain can be checked by using the showdomainmode 8 command System Administration 173 setdomainmode 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets the OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level for domain ID 0 to none XSCF gt setdomainmode d 0 m diag none Diagnostic Level min gt none Secure Mode on gt Autoboot on gt CPU Mode auto gt The specified modes will be changed Continue y nl l y configured Diagnostic Level none Secure Mode on host watchdog available Break signal non receive Autoboot on autoboot on CPU Mode auto EXAMPLE2 Enables the auto boot function for domain ID 0 Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt setdomainmode y d 0 m autoboot on Diagnostic Level none gt Secure Mode on gt Autoboot off gt on CPU Mode auto gt The specified modes will be changed Continue y n l y configured Diagnostic Level none Secure Mode on host watchdog available Break signal non receive Autoboot zon autoboot on CPU Mode auto 174 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 200
193. ed with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command mon moun with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command EXAMPLE1 Unlocks the maintenance lock status XSCF gt unlockmaintenance This command unlocks the maintenance lock which prevents the multiple execution of maintenance commands Never use this command except when the lock state remains by some reason Careless execution of this command causes serious situation because it interrupts the running command and XSCF might not be able to recognize the parts Continue y n y System Administration 453 unlockmaintenance 8 mon EXAMPLE 2 Unlocks the maintenance lock status Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt unlockmaintenance y This command unlocks the maintenance lock which prevents the multiple execution of maintenance commands Never use this command except when the lock state remains by some reason Careless execution of this command causes serious situation because it interrupts the running command and XSCF might not be able to recognize the parts Continue y n y EXAMPLE3 Unlocks the maintenance lock status Suppresses prompts and automatically ans
194. elicit the ICMP TIME_EXCEEDED responses from every gateway on the route packets take to the specified network host or the network device You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m To execute the command to DSCP address fieldeng m To execute the command to localhost or to the loopback address 127 0 0 0 8 fieldeng m To execute the command to Inter SCF Network ISN fieldeng m The case other than those above No privileges are required Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m maxttl Specifies the maximum number of hops It displays the gateways for the number of hops specified If omitted it is set to 30 n With no reverse DNS lookup outputs the IP address p port Specifies the port number of the UDP packet to be used Valid only in case using the UDP packet If omitted it is set to 33434 q nqueries Specifies the number of retries to a single gateway If omitted it is set to three times System Administration 449 traceroute 8 450 Bypasses the routing table and directly sends the packet to the specified network host or the network device If the desired host or the network device is not on the same physical network it Specifies the source address to start tracking the route Displays verbose output The size of the sending packet will b
195. elnet service is enabled disable The Telnet service is disabled You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The settelnet 8 command makes settings for the Telnet service in the XSCF network EXAMPLE 1 Displays the status of the Telnet service for the XSCF network XSCF gt showtelnet Telnet status enabled The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred settelnet 8 System Administration 425 showtelnet 8 426 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 showtimezone 8 NAME showtimezone display the XSCF time zone and Daylight Saving Time information of current settings SYNOPSIS showtimezone c tz showtimezone c dst m standard custom showtimezone h DESCRIPTION The showtimezone 8 command displays the XSCF time zone and Daylight Saving Time information of current settings Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following option is supported c tz Displays the time zone c dst Displays the Dayligh
196. ength is decreased by one for each digit in the password up to ocredit digits Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater The initial setting is 1 Sets the number of passwords remembered in the password history The maximum valid value is 10 The initial setting is 3 222 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setpasswordpolicy 8 u ucredit Sets the maximum credit for uppercase letters in a password The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each digit in the password up to ucredit digits The initial setting is 1 w warn Sets the default number of days before password expiration at which to start warning the user This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 7 Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater y retry Sets the number of retries permitted when using the password command to change the password for a user account The initial value is 3 Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater EXAMPLE 1 Setting the Minimum Size and Number of Passwords Remembered XSCF gt setpasswordpolicy m 12 r 5 EXAMPLE2 Setting Minimum Password Length and Maximum Credits XSCF gt setpasswordpolicy m 10 d 1 u 0 1 0 o 1 After running this command the minimum password length for new passwords is 10 characters A password of 9 characters is a
197. er license and are registered trademarks of SPARC International Inc in the U S and other countries Products bearing SPARC trademarks are based upon architecture developed by Sun Microsystems Inc SPARC64 is a trademark of SPARC International Inc used under license by Fujitsu Microelectronics Inc and Fujitsu Limited The OPEN LOOK and Sun Graphical User Interface was developed by Sun Microsystems Inc for its users and licensees Sun acknowledges the pioneering efforts of Xerox in researching and developing the concept of visual or graphical user interfaces for the computer industry Sun holds a non exclusive license from Xerox to the Xerox Graphical User Interface which license also covers Sun s licensees who implement OPEN LOOK GUIs and otherwise comply with Sun s written license agreements United States Government Rights Commercial use U S Government users are subject to the standard government user license agreements of Sun Microsystems Inc and Fujitsu Limited and the applicable provisions of the FAR and its supplements Disclaimer The only warranties granted by Fujitsu Limited Sun Microsystems Inc or any affiliate of either of them in connection with this document or any product or technolog described herein are those expressly set forth in the license agreement pursuant to which the product or technology is provided EXCEPT AS XPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SUCH AGREEMENT FUJITSU LIMITED SUN MICROSYSTEMS INC AND THEIR AFFILIA
198. erface 192 168 10 0 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 U xscf 0 lan 0 0 0 0 0 192 168 10 1 0 0 0 0 UG xscf 0 lan 0 EXAMPLE 3 Displays all routing information for XSCF unit 0 and XSCF unit 1 in the M8000 M9000 server XSCF gt showroute a Kernel IP routing table Destination Gateway Netmask Flags Interface 192 168 10 0 K 255 255 255 0 U xscf 0 lan 0 default 192 168 10 1 0 0 0 0 UG xscf 0 lan 0 Destination Gateway Netmask Interface default 192 168 10 1 0 0 0 0 xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF gt The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setroute 8 System Administration 405 showroute 8 406 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showshutdowndelay 8 showshutdowndelay display the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the uninterruptible power supply UPS showshutdowndelay showshutdowndelay h The showshutdowndelay 8 command displays the wait time before the start of system shutdown for when power interruption occurs in a system connected to the UPS The time set by the setshutdowndelay 8 command is displayed The default time set is 10 seconds You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following
199. erial XX00OKA Type PCI X FRU Part Number CF00541 0316 03 501 6938 05 LINK Status Normal Ver 21h Serial 1F0090 Type Optic FRU Part Number CF00501 7040 04 501 7040 04 PSO Status Normal Serial LL0807 FRU Part Number CF00300 2001 02 300 2001 02 PS1 Status Normal Serial LLO381 FRU Part Number CF00300 2001 02 300 2001 02 PCI 4 Status Normal Name_Property Card_Type DownLink Ver 17h Serial XFO1LM Type Optic Connection IOX X07P IOB1 FRU Part Number CF00501 7040 04 501 7040 04 IOX X07P Status Faulted Serial XCX07P FRU Part Number CF00541 0314 05 501 6937 03 IOB1 Status Normal Serial XEOOF9 Type PCI Express FRU Part Number CF00541 0507 03 501 6939 05 LINK Status Normal Ver 17h Serial XFO1NO Type Optic FRU Part Number CF00501 7040 04 501 7040 04 PSO Status Normal Serial LL1097 FRU Part Number CF00300 2001 02 300 2001 02 System Administration 349 showhardconf 8 PS1 Status Normal Serial LL1121 FRU Part Number CF00300 2001 02 300 2001 02 IOU 1 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 78670000376 FRU Part Number CA20393 B55X A4 ai DDC A 0 Status Normal DDCR Status Normal DDC B 0 Status Normal XSCFU Status Normal Active Ver 0101h Serial 7867000262 FRU Part Number CA20393 B56X AO i OPNL Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000087 FRU Part Number CA00629 D0O61 A0 i PSU 0 Status Normal Serial 0000000 ASTECB10 FRU Part Number CF00300 1898 0002 300 1898
200. es express ment stipul es dans le contrat de licence r gissant le produit ou la technologie fourni e SAUF MENTION CON TRAIRE EXPRESSEME STIPULEE DANS CE CONTRAT FUJITSU LIMITED SUN MICROSYSTEMS INC ET LES SOCIETES AFFILIEES REJETTENT TOUTE REPRESENTATION OU TOUTE GARANTIE QUELLE QU EN SOIT LA NATURE EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE CONCERNANT CE PRODUIT CETTE TECHNOLOGIE OU CE DOCUMENT LESQUELS SONT FOURNIS EN L TAT EN OUTRE TOUTES LES CONDITIONS REPRESENTATIONS ET GARANTIES EXPRESSES OU TACITES YCOMPRIS NOTAMMENT TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE RELATIVE A LA QUALITE MARCHANDE A L APTITUDE A UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIERE OU A L ABSENCE DE CONTREFACON SONT EXCLUES DANS LA MESURE AUTORISEE PAR LA LOI APPLICABLE Sauf mention contraire express ment stipul e dans ce contrat dans la mesure autoris e par la loi applicable en aucun cas Fujitsu Limited Sun Microsystems Inc ou l une de leurs filiales ne sauraient tre tenues responsables envers une quelconque partie tierce sous quelque th orie juridique que ce soit de tout manque a gagner ou de perte de profit de probl mes d utilisation ou de perte de donn es ou d interruptions d activit s ou de tout dommage indirect sp cial secondaire ou cons cutif m me si ces entit s ont t pr alablement inform es d une telle ventualit LA DOCUMENTATION EST FOURNIE EN L ETAT ET TOUTES AUTRES CONDITIONS DECLARATIONS ET GARANTIES EXPRESSES OU TACITES SONT FORMELLEMENT EXCLUES DANS LA ME
201. es should not be converted to user names or host names Select records according to the indicated privilege results privilege results is a comma separated list privilege results are granted denied or error Selects records according to the indicated return values returnvals is a comma separated list of the values success or failure success corresponds to a return value of 0 failure corresponds to a nonzero return value Selects the first record matching the selection criteria to display 462 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 viewaudit 8 u users Selects records attributed to indicated users users is a comma separated list of users A user can be specified by user name or numeric UID xX Prints in XML format EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displaying Audit Records for December 12 2005 XSCF viewaudit D 20051212 file 1 2006 01 11 10 52 30 391 05 00 20060111155230 0000000000 jupiter EXAMPLE2 Displaying User Audit Records XSCF gt viewaudit u jsmith file 1 2006 01 11 10 52 30 391 05 00 20060111155230 0000000000 jupiter header 37 1 login telnet jupiter 2006 01 11 11 31 09 659 05 00 subject 1 jsmith normal ssh 45880 jupiter command showuser platform access granted return 0 EXAMPLE3 Displaying Audit Records for Privileges XSCF gt viewaudit p granted file 1 2006 01 11 10 52 30 391 05 00 20060111155230 0000000000 jupiter header 37 1 login telnet j
202. es the SNMP Agent s USM configuration You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 247 setsnmpusm 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported clone Makes the supplied user known to the agent for subsequent SNMP communication with the identical settings as the specified clone user u clone_user Specifies a valid user name of the user settings to be cloned user Specifies a different user name for the clone of clone_user 248 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 create delete passwd setsnmpusm 8 Makes the supplied user known to the agent for subsequent SNMP communication When used without the a or p options create displays a prompt for passwords and reads them without echoing them to the screen The encryption protocol used in all SNMP communication is Data Encryption Standard DES An authentication protocol must be chosen for SNMP communication Possible values are MD5 Algorithm and Secure Hash Algorithm SHA user Specifies a valid user name a authentication_protocol Specifies the authentication protocol e encryption_password Specifies the encryption password Must be equal to or greater than 8 characters p authentication_pass
203. eset XSCF automatically even if you perform this command the information that is set is not applied in XSCF EXAMPLE1 Resets the XSCF XSCF gt rebootxscf The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y EXAMPLE 2 Resets the XSCF Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt rebootxscf y The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y EXAMPLE 3 Resets the XSCF Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt rebootxscf q y System Administration 115 rebootxscf 8 116 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE4 Cancels the rebootxscf 8 command execution that is in progress XSCF gt rebootxscf The XSCF will be reset Continue y n n XSCF gt The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred applynetwork 8 setdate 8 sethttps 8 setssh 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO replacefru 8 replacefru replace a field replaceable unit FRU replacefru replacefru h The replacefru 8 command replaces an FRU The command allows the user to select confirm and replace the FRU interactively using menus The following FRUs can be replaced using the replacefru 8 command m CPU Memory Board unit CMU a I O unit IOU m FAN unit FANU m Power supply unit PSU m XSCF unit XSCFU You must have fieldeng pri
204. ess 10 1 1 20 gt Enter Domain 19 address 1 0 4 1 21 Enter Domain 20 address 10 1 1 22 Enter Domain 21 address 10 1 1 23 Enter Domain 22 address 10 1 1 24 Enter Domain 23 address Toyir t25 gt Enter Commit these changes to the database y n y EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showdscp 8 184 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES setdualpowerfeed 8 setdualpowerfeed set dual power feed mode setdualpowerfeed s key setdualpowerfeed h The setdualpowerfeed 8 command specifies dual power feed mode in the system The setdualpower feed 8 command is available on the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers only On the M8000 M9000 servers when the power cabinet for dual power feed connected it automatically configures the dual power feed mode To apply the specified configuration reboot the system You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s key Sets dual power feed mode in the system Either of the following can be specified for key enable Enables the dual power feed mode disa
205. essage The time in the displayed log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year is the local time m IPL message log ipl Date Mar 30 18 45 31 JST 2005 DomainID 00 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 ipl message Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 ipl message Second line Date IPL date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time DomainID Domain ID domain_id can be 00 23 depending on the system configuration Third and subsequent lines Each line of display has a date and time paired with an IPL message The time in the displayed log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year is the local time 374 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 showlogs 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays an error log XSCF gt showlogs error Date Mar 30 12 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef 0 Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU IOU 0 PCI 3 Msg offline vendor FUJITSU product MAJ3182MC Date Mar 30 15 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef 0 Status Warning Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type Al Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef 0 Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FE
206. esses 192 168 1 2 10 18 108 10 and 10 24 1 2 XSCF gt setntp 192 168 1 2 10 18 108 10 10 24 1 2 Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ntp settings EXAMPLE 2 Deletes the NTP server 10 18 108 10 XSCF gt setntp c del 10 18 108 10 Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ntp settings SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setntp 8 EXAMPLE3 Adds the two NTP servers ntpl examples com and ntp2 example com XSCF gt setntp ntpl example com ntp2 example com Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ntp settings EXAMPLE4 Sets the stratum value to 7 XSCF gt setntp c stratum i 7 Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ntp settings The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred rebootxscf 8 showntp 8 System Administration 219 setntp 8 220 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setpasswordpolicy 8 setpasswordpolicy manage the system password policy setpasswordpolicy d dcredit e expiry i inactive k difok 1 Icredit M maxdays m minlen n mindays o ocredit r remember u ucredit w warn y retry setpasswordpolicy h setpasswordpolicy 8 allows an administrator to change the system password policy These p
207. etefru 8 replacefru 8 setupfru 8 showfru 8 showhardconf 8 testsb 8 unlockmaintenance 8 System Administration 13 addfru 8 14 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS adduser 8 adduser create an XSCF user account adduser u UID user adduser h adduser 8 creates a new local XSCF user account This account is used to configure operate manage and administrate the XSCF firmware Initially this account has no password It cannot be used for login until either the password is set using password 8 or Secure Shell SSH public key authentication is set for the user The new account will be locked but not disabled The system can support up to 100 local users with an average length of 10 characters for the user operand When invoked without the u option adduser automatically assigns a UID for the user account When invoked with the u option adduser assigns the given UID to the user account Automatic UIDs are assigned starting from 100 If the Service Processor is configured to use Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP for user account data the user name and UID if specified must not already be in use either locally or in LDAP When a user is created adduser 8 command stores the current password policy values in a file for the user For more information on setting password policy se
208. etes all the DNS servers that are currently registered This option is used with the c del c add Adds the host with the specified IP address as a DNS server This option is used together with address If the c option is omitted c add is assumed specified When a DNS server is registered the existing setting is deleted and overwriting is performed with the specified address c del Deletes the host with the specified IP address from the DNS servers that are set If the c option is omitted c add is assumed specified h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported address Specifies the IP address of a DNS server to be added or deleted using four sets of integers Up to three addresses delimited by the space can be specified The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer System Administration 209 setnameserver 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO m If multiple DNS servers are specified names are solved in the order specified m To reflect the DNS server name to XSCF execute the applynetwork 8 command After reflected the information use the rebootxsc f 8 command to reset XSCF to complete the setting m The currently set DNS server can be checked by using the shownameserver 8 command EXAMPLE1 Adds the hosts with
209. etprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d Deletes all previous firmware image files still on the XSCF unit then exits h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 1 Lists firmware image files that are still on the XSCF unit then exits n Automatically answers n no to all prompts p proxy Specifies the proxy server to be used for transfers The default transfer type is http unless modified using the t proxy type option The value for proxy must be in the format servername port Refer to Example 3 a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts t proxy type Used with the p option to specify the type of proxy Possible values for proxy type are http socks4 and socks5 The default value is http u user Specifies the user name when logging in to a remote ftp or http server that requires authentication You will be prompted for a password v Displays verbose output This may be helpful when diagnosing network or server problems mon y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts System Administration 73 getflashimage 8 74 OPERANDS The following operands are supported url Specifies the URL of the firmware image to download Supported formats for this value include the following http server port path file https server port path file ftp server port path file file
210. evised March 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setupfru 8 setupfru set up device hardware setupfru m y n x 1 4 device location setupfru h The setupfru 8 command makes hardware settings for the specified device The setupfru 8 command is not supported on the M3000 server Only a physical system board PSB can be specified as a device After a PSB is added the following settings can be specified for PSB XSB type Memory mirror mode To use an added PSB in the system hardware resources on the PSB must be logically divided and reconfigured as eXtended System Boards XSBs Two types of XSB are used Uni XSB and Quad XSB The Uni XSB is configured with undivided PSB and the Quad XSB is configured with one of divided PSB into four parts Specify either the Uni XSB configuration or Quad XSB configuration for the PSB In mirror mode data is mirrored by dividing the memory mounted on a PSB into two parts Since the memory is divided into two parts the memory capacity is halved but data reliability increases Specify whether to operate the memory in mirror mode You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m yln Specifies whether to use the memory mounted on the XSB in mirro
211. eys of the Secure Shell SSH service configured for the XSCF network showssh c hostkey M showssh c pubkey u user name M showssh h showssh 8 command displays the status host public keys fingerprint or user public keys of the SSH service configured for the XSCF network The following information is displayed SSH status Validity of the SSH service RSA key Host public key in RSA format DSA key Host public key in DSA format Fingerprint Host public key in fingerprint format When specified the display of user public key the user public key number which automatically numbered by system and the user public key are displayed Only SSH2 is supported for XSCF You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m To display the user public key of other user account useradm m To display the information other than above useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c hostkey Displays a host public key If the c option is omitted c hostkey is assumed specified c pubkey Displays the user public key If the c option is omitted c hostkey is assumed specified System Administration 419 showssh 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 420 EXAMPLES h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page
212. f individual CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape 26 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 cfgdevice 8 drive unit set on the M9000 server with the expansion cabinet XSCF cfgdevice 1 Current connection for DVD DAT port 0 0 Main chassis port 0 0 Expansion chassis port 8 0 Expander status Port No IOU SAS status SAS status 0 0 enable up enable up 0 2 disable down enable up 0 4 disable down enable up 0 6 disable down enable up 1 0 disable down enable up 1 2 disable down enable up 1 4 disable down enable up 1 6 disable down enable up 2 0 disable down enable up 2 2 disable down enable up 2 4 disable down enable up 2 6 disable down enable up 8 0 enable up enable up 8 2 disable down enable up 8 4 disable down enable up 8 6 disable down enable up EXAMPLE6 Connects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to port 0 0 when the system is being powered on Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt cfgdevice y c attach p 0 0 Are you sure you want to attach the device y n y Completed EXAMPLE 7 Connects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to port 0 0 when the system is being powered on Automatically answers y to all System Administration 27 cfgdevice 8 prompts without displaying messages XSCF cfgdevice q y c attach p 0 0 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion
213. f the m option is omitted and the n option is used to specify the network address containing 0 in the default host address which depends on the class the following netmask value is set according to the class of the network address class Mask value A 255 0 0 0 B 255 255 0 0 C 255 255 255 0 If the m option is omitted and the host address specified by the n option netmask is not set If 0 0 0 0 specified by the n option netmask is invalid Specifies an IP address to which routing information is forwarded The specified value is a set of four integer values delimited by the period The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer If 0 0 0 0 is specified for address the default routing information can be set 232 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setroute 8 OPERANDS The following operand is supported interface Specifies the network interface to be set with routing information One of the following values can be specified m In the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0O lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For abbreviation lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 m In the M8000 M9000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0O lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For XSCF unit 1 xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 1 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1
214. face show the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the uninterruptible power supply UPS display the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP configuration information Intro 5 Intro 8 showsnmp showsnmpusm showsnmpvacm showssh showstatus showtelnet showtimezone showuser snapshot switchscf testsb traceroute unlockmaintenance version viewaudit who display the configuration information and current status of the SNMP agent display the current User based Security Model USM information for the SNMP agent display the current View based Access Control Access VACM information for the SNMP agent display the status host public keys fingerprint or user public keys of the SSH service configured for the XSCF network display the degraded Field Replaceable Units FRUs display the current status of the telnet service for the XSCF network display the XSCF time zone and Daylight Saving Time information of current settings display user account information collect and transfer environment log error and FRUID data switch the XSCF unit between the active and standby states perform an initial diagnosis of the specified physical system board PSB displays the route packets take to the specified network host or the network device forcibly release the locked status of XSCF display firmware version display audit records display a list of the user accounts who are logged in to t
215. ff the LEDs and fan may still run since they receive power from both supplies poweron target Restores full power to an I O boat or reenables output from the power supply PS that has previously been marked ready to remove When a PSU is newly installed and the power switch is in the on position ora boat is connected to a powered link card they automatically power themselves on However this command can be used to power a PSU or I O boat back on that previously had been powered down for removal as long as the power switch is in the on position reset target Reinitializes FRU components used to monitor External I O Expansion Unit environmentals If a boat or link card is specified the bridge controllers in the link cards are reset and re initialized If a box is specified the fan controller and demux in the box are reset and re initialized along with all bridge controllers associated with the External I O Expansion Unit setled on off slow fast target led_type target Sets LED state off Off on On fast Fast blink slow Slow blink Refer to the entry for led type in this section for detailed information about LED types Specifies the target device which can be a downlink card in a host slot an External I O Expansion Unit or an FRU in an External I O Expansion Unit The downlink card is identified by the hostpath to the card hostpath is platform dependent and indicates the path to the slot on the host system wh
216. fies the archive directory on the archive host where the archives should be stored The directory field must not begin with a Specifies verbose output When this option is used in conjunction with k download setarchiving displays the downloaded public key in addition to its md5 fingerprint moun Automatically answers y yes to all prompts Prompts are displayed System Administration 145 setarchiving 8 OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO The following operands are supported enable Activates the log archiving feature Cannot be used with any options disable De activates the log archiving feature Cannot be used with any options EXAMPLE 1 Setting the Archiving Target and Password XSCF gt setarchiving t jsmith somehost company com home jsmith logs r Enter ssh password for jsmith somehost company com EXAMPLE 2 Setting the Public Host Key XSCF gt setarchiving k download Downloading public host key from somehost company com Fingerprint c3 75 f9 97 7d dc le le 62 06 c1 6f 87 bc e8 0d Accept this public key yes no yes EXAMPLE 3 Setting the Space Limits for Archives XSCF gt setarchiving 1 10000 10000 EXAMPLE 4 Enabling Archiving XSCF gt setarchiving enable Testing the archiving configuration Logs will be archived to somehost company com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion Configuration updated gt 0 An error occurred showarc
217. figured in the domain by reboot the domain or execution of the addboard 8 command with c configure reserve Reserves disconnection of the specified XSB from the domain configuration of the move source and reserves assignment of the XSB to the domain configuration of the move destination The XSB is assigned to the domain configuration of the move destination when the domain power of the move source is turned off or rebooted The XSB is subsequently incorporated when the domain power of the move destination is turned on or rebooted You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Note You must have the domainadm privileges for both of source domain and destination domain to run moveboard 8 command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 91 moveboard 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported C assign c configure C reserve d domain id Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and assigns it to the domain configuration of the move destination lf the c option is omitted c configure is used Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and configures it in the domain configuration of the move destination If the c option is omitted c configure is used Reserves disconnection of an XSB from its current
218. fy this particular problem across any set of systems m A message identifier MSG ID that can be used to access a corresponding knowledge article located at the specified website If a problem requires action by a system administrator or service personnel or affects system behavior the Fault Manager also issues a human readable message This message provides a summary of the problem and a reference to the knowledge article on the specified website You can use the v and V options to expand the display from a single line summary to increased levels of detail for each event recorded in the log You can also use the M option to display only one screen at a time The c t T and u options can be used to filter the output by selecting only those events that match the specified class range of times or uuid If more than one filter option is present on the command line the options combine to display only those events that are selected by the logical AND of the options If more than one instance of the same System Administration 61 fmdump 8 62 filter option is present on the command line the like options combine to display any events selected by the logical OR of the options You can use the m option to display the Fault Manager syslog contents Privileges You must have platop platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported
219. ght Saving Time You can specify the integer from 0 to 6 0 for Sunday and 6 for Saturday JA Jn Specifies the sequential day in the year to terminate Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 1st It does not count the leap year day n Specifies the sequential day in the year to terminate Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 1st It counts the leap year day In time you specify the time You can specify it in the following format hh mm ss Specifies the time in hh mm ss format hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 60 In case omitted 02 00 00 m You cannot specify the years of validity for time zone and Daylight Saving Time In case the Daylight Saving Time is changed each year you need to set anew by using the settimezone 8 command m The addition of the offset time to the standard time which has been set by the settimezone 8 command comes to GMT m The current time zone settings can be checked by using the showt imezone 8 command m To reflect the Daylight Saving Time information which modified by c adddst or c deldst option log out and then log in again System Administration 267 settimezone 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets Asia Tokyo as the time zone XSCF gt settimezone c settz s Asia Tokyo Asia Tokyo EXAMPLE2 Lists the time zones that can be set XSCF gt settimezone c settz a Africa Abidjan Africa
220. gured Archive directory Not configured User name for ssh login Not configured SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO Archive host fingerprint Server authentication disabled Connection to Archive Host Latest communication None Connection status None AUDIT LOGS OTHER LOGS Archive space limit Unlimited 2000 MB Archive space used Not monitored Not monitored Total archiving failures 0 0 Unresolved failures 0 0 EXAMPLE2 Displaying Archiving Error Information XSCF gt showarchiving e No archiving errors have occurred The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setarchiving 8 showarchiving 8 System Administration 283 showarchiving 8 284 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 showaudit 8 NAME showaudit display the current auditing system state SYNOPSIS showaudit showaudit a11 showaudit a users c classes e events g m p s t showaudit h DESCRIPTION showaudit 8 displays the current state of system auditing When invoked without options showaudit displays whether the writing of audit records is enabled or disabled Privileges You must have auditadm or auditop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 285 showaudit 8
221. he XSCF 6 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS addboard 8 addboard configure an eXtended System Board XSB into the domain configuration or assign it to the domain configuration addboard a y n v c configure d domain id xsb xsb addboard a y n v c assign d domain id xsb xsb addboard a y n v c reserve d domain id xsb xsb addboard h The addboard 8 command based on domain component list DCL configures a XSB into the domain configuration or assigns it to the domain configuration The addboard 8 command is not available on the M3000 server One of the following configuration methods can be specified configure Configures an XSB into the specified domain configuration The incorporated XSB can be accessed from the Solaris OS assign Assigns an XSB to the specified domain The assigned XSB is reserved for the specified domain and cannot be configured in or assigned to other domains The assigned XSB is configured in the domain by reboot or execution of the addboard 8 command with c configure reserve Reserves incorporation of an XSB into the domain configuration The action of reserve is the same as assign You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run
222. he t or T options E time Specifies the end time for the time period for which data is collected Used with the s time option for the start time defines the period of time for which log messages are collected by snapshot Only those log entries created before the time specified by E time are collected by snapshot Refer also to the description of the S option time Interpreted using strptime 3 using one of the following two formats SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 k host key L FIIIR snapshot 8 Encrypts the zip archive Required when using P password Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Used with the t or T option sets the public key that the Service Processor uses to log in to the network host This option is not valid with the d option Possible values for host key are as follows none This literal value specifies that a public key should not be used to authenticate the network host download This literal value specifies that snapshot will use ssh to download a public host key for the network host and download the key from the host specified in the t argument snapshot displays the key s md5 fingerprint and prompts for confirmation If you accept the key it is used for server authentication If you reject the key snapshot exits without doing anything This is the default behavior in SSH Targe
223. he domains must be turned off before this command can be used This command will download and validate the configuration file After validation the system will be rebooted in order to perform the restoration After the data is restored the system will be halted and will need to be power cycled to restart Please make sure that you have the ability to power cycle the system before initiating this command On an M8000 M9000 server both XSCF units will be halted Please check that both XSCF units are halted before performing the power cycle Note that the configuration data file can be restored only to the same class of server i e a configuration file created by dumpconfig 8 on an M5000 server can be 126 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 restoreconfig 8 restored to another M5000 server but it cannot be restored to an M3000 or M8000 etc server EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Restoring the Configuration using FTP XSCF gt restoreconfig V u manilla 129 145 155 156 8080 ftp 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest ftp cfg transfer from tmp dumpconfig EvY1Yf to ftp 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest ftp cfg Password About to connect to 129 145 155 166 port 8080 x Trying 129 145 155 166 connected Connected to 129 145 155 166 129 145 155 166 port 8080 Proxy auth using nil with user Server auth using Basic with user minilla gt GET ftp 10 7 79 18 sollgell pro
224. he state as of the factory shipment send a break signal to the specified domain set the altitude of the system or whether or not the air filter installed configure the log archiving functionality manage the system auditing functionality set the session timeout time of the XSCF shell set up the Capacity on Demand COD resources used for domains set the date and time of XSCF 2 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 se se se se se se se se se se se se se se se se se se se se se se se tdcl tdomainmode tdomparam tdscp tdualpower feed temailreport thostname thttps tldap tlocale tlocator tlookup cnameserver tnetwork tntp tpasswordpolicy tpowerupdelay tprivileges troute tshutdowndelay tsmtp tsnmp tsnmpusm Intro 8 seta domain component list DCL seta domain mode forcibly rewrite OpenBoot PROM environment variables set the IP address assignments for the Domain to Service Processor Communications Protocol DSCP set dual power feed mode set up the email report configuration data set a host name and domain name for an XSCF unit start or stop the HTTPS service which is used in the XSCF network This command also performs authentication related settings configure the Service Processor as a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP client sets the def
225. hiving 8 146 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setaudit 8 setaudit manage the system auditing functionality setaudit enable disable archive delete setaudit p count suspend m mailaddr a users enable disable default c classes enable disable e events enable disable g enable disable t percents setaudit h setaudit 8 manages the collection of data on the use of system resources Audit data provides a record of security related system events This data can be used to assign responsibility for actions that have taken place on the system Auditing generates records when specified events occur Events that generate audit records include m System startup and shutdown m Login and logout m Authentication actions m Administrative actions You must have auditadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a users enable disable default Sets the audit record generation policy for the specified users users is a comma separated list of valid user names When set to enable or disable audit record generation for the users is turned on or off respectively This setting overrides the global policy for the specified user When set to default the policy for the users is set to follow the global policy
226. howdcl 8 showdcl display the current domain component list DCL showdcl v a showdcl v d domain_id 1 Isb 1 Isb showdcl h The showdc1 8 command displays the DCL that has been set by the setdc1 8 command The DCL is hardware resource information that can be set for a domain or the logical system boards LSBs that are components of a domain An LSB is a board unit recognized by the Solaris OS in a domain Up to 16 LSBs can be registered for each domain and they are represented by integer numbers ranging from 0 to 15 An XSB is a board unit that can be used in the system and is one division of a divided physical system board PSB An XSB is represented by x y a combination ofa PSB number and the number of one division of the divided PSB x is an integer ranging from 00 to 15 and y is an integer ranging from 0 to 3 The showdc1 8 command can display the following information that is part of a DCL DID Domain ID LSB LSB number The displayed number is an integer ranging from 00 to 15 XSB XSB number corresponding to the LSB The displayed number has the following format ry where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 System Administration 311 showdcl 8 Status Domain status One of the following status is displayed Additional information may be displayed Powered Off Power is off Panic State A panic occurred and the domain is in the reboot state Shutdown Starte
227. iHABSZO8QLAXb8N4Kq8JDOBpLSN4yokUPTcZONxJaYAOWO 5 8Qgxbn Key fingerprint in md5 c9 e0 bc b2 1a 80 29 24 13 d9 1 13 5 5c 2c 0f Accept this public key yes no no Public Key declined Error opening SSH target Exiting with error 1 System Administration 439 snapshot 8 EXAMPLE 9 Downloading Public Key Attempted by Unauthorized User XSCF gt snapshot t fakeuser fakehost com fakedir p fake password Downloading Public Key from fakehost com Error downoading key for host fakehost com Error opening SSH target Exiting with error 1 EXAMPLE 10 Downloading to External Media Device XSCF gt snapshot d usb0 r Testing writability of USB device SUCCESS About to remove all files from device usb0 Continue y n y Collecting data into media usb_msd jupiter_10 1 1 1_2006 04 17T22 41 51 Zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE 11 Limiting Data Collection for Certain Logs to a Date Range XSCF gt snapshot d usb0 S 2007 01 01 01 00 00 E 2007 01 31 _14 00 00 Testing writability of USB device SUCCESS Collecting data into media usb msd jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 04 17T22 41 51 31ip Data collection complete EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setarchiving 8 showarchiving 8 showlogs 8 440 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Priv
228. ible so use of fmadm is typically not required When the Fault Manager needs help from a human administrator or service representative it produces a message indicating its needs It also refers you to a URL containing the relevant knowledge article The web site might ask you to use fmadm or one of the other fault management utilities to gather more information or perform additional tasks The documentation for fmdump 8 describes more about tools to observe fault management activities You must have platop platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs q Sets quiet mode fmadm does not produce messages indicating the result of successful operations to standard output The following operands are supported config Displays the configuration of the Fault Manager itself including the module name version and description of each component module Fault Manager modules provide services such as automated diagnosis self healing and messaging for hardware and software present on the system System Administration 59 fmadm 8 60 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying the Fault Manager Configuration XSCF gt fmadm config MODULE VERSION STATUS DESCRIPTION case close 1 0 active Case Close Agent fmd self diagnosis 1 0 active Fault Manager Self Diagnosis syseve
229. ic from 1 to 12 comes in m w Shows the week when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 5 comes in 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Shows the day of the week when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 0 to 6 comes in 0 for Sunday and 6 for Saturday JA Jn The date when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 365 comes in 1 for January 1st The leap year day is not counted n The date when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 365 comes in 1 for January 1st The leap year day is counted In time the time to switch to Daylight Saving Time is shown in the pre switched time hh mm ss Shows the time in hh mm ss format The default value is 02 00 00 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 showtimezone 8 to date time The termination time of Daylight Saving Time ddd MM dd hh Ss yyyy Any of the following formats displays to date Mm w d Mm Shows the month when Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 1 to 12 comes in m w Shows the week when Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 1 to 5 comes in 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Shows the day of the week when start Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 0 to 6 comes in 0 for Sunday and 6 for Saturday Jn The date when Daylight Saving Time term
230. ic key of the current login user account useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Deletes all registered user public keys Should be specified with c delpubkey c addpubkey Registers the user public key c delpubkey Deletes the user public key System Administration 255 setssh 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION C aL u enable disable Specifies whether to enable the SSH service One of the following values can be specified enable Starts the SSH2 service disable Stops the SSH2 service genhostkey Generates a host public key for SSH2 Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts line Specifies the user public key number to delete For line specify the number which displayed after the showssh c pubkey command executed Should be specified with c delpubkey user_name Specifies the user account name to register or delete the user public key Should be specified with c addpubkey or c delpubkey When the u option omitted the user public key of the current login user account becomes the target Automatically answers y yes to all prompts When a host public key is created a prompt to confirm execution of the command with
231. ice h The cfgdevice 8 connects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to the specified port disconnects it from the domain or displays the current status The cfgdevice 8 command is available only for the M8000 M9000 servers To connect the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit the port number which is a PCI slot number on the 1 O unit which installed IOU Onboard Device Card A IOUA needs to specify Executing the cfgdevice 8 command the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit is connected to specified port by the built in switching unit The current status of the drive that is displayed with this command includes the following types of status information port_no Port number of the port where the IOUA is installed and that can be connected to the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit It is displayed in the IDU number PCI slot number format IOU SAS status Connection status between IOUA and built in switching unit It is changed by specifying attach or detach m enable disable Setting status of the cfgdeive 8 command enable Connected with c attach disable Not connected m up down Logical connection between IOUA and built in switching unit up Connected down Not connected System Administration 23 cfgdevice 8 SAS status Connection status between 1 O unit and the system m enable disable Connection setting between 1 O unit and the system When s
232. ice Processor as an LDAP client Note The LDAP client supports passwords only in the CRYPT format UNIX Crypt or MDS Therefore the passwords on the LDAP server must support it as well Refer to the Administration Guide for more information You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported B baseDN Specifies distinguished name for the search base Maximum character length is 128 characters b bind Sets the identity to use when binding to the LDAP server Maximum character length is 128 characters c certchain Imports an LDAP server certificate chain from the remote file specified in certchain The certificate chain must be in PEM format Remote files are specified using the standard scp syntax that is user host file and imported using scp If the copy requires a user password you will be prompted for it Use of this option implicitly enables the use of Transport Layer Security TLS when connecting to LDAP This may be disabled by specifying certchain as none The certificate chain must be 64 Kbytes in size or less and it must be valid or it will be rejected h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p Sets a password to use when binding to the LDAP server You will be prompted for the password System Administration 199 setldap 8 s servers Sets the primary and secondary LDAP
233. ich contains the downlink card On SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers the hostpath has the following format TOU 0 PCI 0 IO Board 0 PCI E slot0 System Administration 83 ioxadm 8 84 EXAMPLES The External 1 O Expansion Unit box id is identified by serial number Use iox nnnn where nnnn represents the last four digits of the box serial number Some commands affect only a single component of an External I O Expansion Unit system For example individual boats and power supplies may be turned on and turned off independently An FRU in an External I O Expansion Unit fru is identified as iox nnnn iob0 I O boat in the left tray rear view ioxannnn iobl iox nnnn iob0 1ink Uplink card in boat 0 ioxannnn iobl L link Uplink card in boat 1 L 1 O boat in the right tray rear view iox nnnn ps0 Power supply in the left bay front view iox nnnn ps1 Power supply in the right bay front view EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Temperature Voltage Current and Fanspeed Sensor Readings XSCF gt ioxadm env te ioxGA3B5 Location TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 IOX A3B5 PS1 IOX A3B5 PS1 Sensor T_AMBIENT T_CHIP T_HOTSPOT SWITCH V_12V_ANODE V_12V_CATHODE V_ISHARE I DC S FAN ACTUAL S FAN S
234. ied audit events events is a comma separated list of audit events An event may be specified by its numeric value or its name The AEV_ prefix may be omitted For example the event for SSH login can be expressed as AEV_LOGIN_SSH LOGIN_SSH or 0 See showaudit e all fora list of valid events This option may be specified multiple times Multiple specification are processed together with an c options in the order listed See EXAMPLE 3 When set to enable or disable audit record generation for the events is turned on or off respectively This setting overrides the global policy When set to default the policy for the users is set to follow the global policy Use showaudit g to display the global user audit record generation policy 148 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setaudit 8 g enable disable Sets the global user audit record generation policy When set to disable no audit record which can be attributed to any user account is generated These settings can be overridden on an individual user basis using the a option h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m mailaddr Sets the mail address to which email is sent when the local audit storage space usage reaches a threshold see option t Email addresses must be a valid email address of the form user company com Specifying none for mailaddr turns off email notificatio
235. ifies the clock control unit used at the next system startup XSCF gt clockboard s 1 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 29 clockboard 8 30 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS console 8 console connect to a domain console console a y n d domain id r s escapeChar console h The console 8 command connects the XSCF shell console to the console of the specified domain domain console Domain consoles include a writable console and read only console Only one writable console and multiple read only consoles can be connected to one domain An attempt to set up a connection to another writable console while one writable console is already connected results in an error Even in this case however a user with the platadm or domainadm privilege can forcibly establish a connection to a writable console in which case the currently connected writable console is disconnected To exit the domain console and return to the XSCF shell console press the Enter key moun and then enter and period Note When you return to XSCF shell console without logging out from the domain the return causes automatically logging out from the domain You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm
236. ileges OPTIONS switchscf 8 switchscf switch the XSCF unit between the active and standby states switchscf a y n t Active Standby switchscf h The switchscf 8 command switches the XSCF unit that the user is currently logged in to between the active and standby states The switchscf 8 command is available on the M8000 M9000 servers only When the active XSCF unit currently logged in to is switched from active to standby or vice versa the state of the standby XSCF unit is also switched Note When switched the session of the network which has been connected to the active XSCF is terminated Caution Usually XSCFs cannot be switched while maintenance work is in progress If Switching of XSCF state is disabled due to a maintenance operation Try again later is displayed as a result from the switchscf 8 command and XSCFs cannot be switched check whether the addfru 8 deletefru 8 replacefru 8 or flashupdate 8 maintenance command is being executed If the command is being executed wait until the command ends If XSCFs cannot be switched though none of those maintenance commands is being executed use the f option to switch them You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported Switches the state in a case XSCF state can t be changed due to a maintenance operation Caution
237. imestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute year format yyyy mm dd hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute second format mm dd yy hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the month day year hour minute second format Monddhh mm ssyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute second year format Even if the r option is specified together with this option the specified t and T options are not reversed The t option cannot be used for the monitoring message log System Administration 365 showlogs 8 T time Specifies the end date and time of the display range for log data It is specified in one of the following formats yyyy mm dd hh mm The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute format mm dd yy hh mm The timestamp is specified in the month daylyear hour minute format Monddhh mmyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute year format yyyy mm dd hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute second format mm dd yy hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the month day year hour minute second format Monddhh mm ssyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute second year format Even if the r option is specified together with this option the specified t and T options are not reversed The T option cannot
238. in poweroff a y n M a domain id poweroff a y n a M poweroff h The powerof 8 command turns off the power to the specified domain The command can turn off the power to the specified domain or to all domains After ordinary shutdown processing for the operating system is executed the power is turned off You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Turns off the power to all domains Only users who have the platadm and fieldeng privileges can specify this option This option turns off the power to a system in process of warm up or air conditioning or to a domain in process of power on d domain id Specifies the ID of the domain to be turned off domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration This option does not turn off the power to a system in process of warm up or air conditioning or to a domain in process of power on f Uses XSCF to forcibly turn off the power to the specified domain This option is used together with the a option h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command n Automatic
239. inates Any numeric from 1 to 365 comes in 1 for January 1st The leap year day is not counted n The date when Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 1 to 365 comes in 1 for January 1st The leap year day is counted In time the time to switch from Daylight Saving Time is shown in the pre switched time hh mm ss Shows the time in hh mm ss format The default value is 02 00 00 When specified standard From ddd MM dd hh mm ss yyyy dst To ddd MM dd hh mm ss yyyy dst a day of the week month day hour minutes second year System Administration 429 showtimezone 8 dst dst name m The settimezone 8 command sets the time zone of the XSCF EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the time zone XSCF gt showtimezone c tz Asia Tokyo EXAMPLE 2 Displays the Daylight Saving Time information as follows the abbreviation of time zone is JST the offset from GMT is 9 the name of Daylight Saving Time is JDT Daylight Saving Time is 1 hour ahead and the time period is from the last Sunday of March 2 00 to the last Sunday of October 2 00 XSCF gt showtimezone c dst m custom JST 9JDT M3 5 0 M10 5 0 EXAMPLE 3 Displays the Daylight Saving Time information as follows the abbreviation of time zone is JST the offset from GMT is 9 the name of Daylight Saving Time is JDT Daylight Saving Time is 1 hour ahead and the time period is from the first Sunday of April 0 00 to the first Sund
240. ing Using Encryption With Provided Password and No Public Key XSCF gt snapshot t bobGmars east home bob logs x k none e P password Output data will be encrypted Enter ssh password for user bob on host mars east Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joe jupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete 438 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 snapshot 8 EXAMPLE 6 Downloading Using No Key to Invalid Directory XSCF gt snapshot t sue saturn north home sue logs bad_dir k none Enter ssh password for user sue on host saturn north Setting up ssh connection to remote host Failed to create remote file home sue logs bad_dir archive zip Verify adequate disk permissions and disk space on target host Error opening SSH target Exiting with error 1 EXAMPLE7 Downloading Public Key With Connectivity Failure XSCF gt snapshot t sueGsaturne west home sue logs x k download Downloading Public Key from saturne west Error downloading key for host saturne west Error opening SSH target Exiting with error 1 EXAMPLE8 Downloading Public Key and Answering No to All Prompts XSCF gt snapshot v t jillGearth east home jill logs x k download n Downloading Public Key from earth east Public Key ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaClyc2 EAAAABIWAAAT EAWVFiSONVBFHTTzq0AX5iQgCkkJj d6ezWkVGtmMkJJzzM jYKOsBIhn6dGEI
241. ing operands are supported user Specifies a valid user name EXAMPLE 1 Enabling Password Until February 2 2008 XSCF gt password e 2008 02 02 EXAMPLE2 Set Password Lock 10 Days After Password Expiration XSCF gt password i 10 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setpasswordpolicy 8 showpasswordpolicy 8 System Administration 99 password 8 100 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS ping 8 ping sends the ICMP ECHO REQUEST packets to the network host or the network device ping c count a host ping h The ping 8 command utilizes the ICMP ECHO_REQUEST datagram to elicit an ICMP ECHO_RESPONSE from the specified host or network device When the ping 8 command normally executed the network between XSCF and the specified host or network device can be judged as normal And the network performance can be measured from the result You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m To execute the command to DSCP address platadm fieldeng m To execute the command to localhost or to the loopback address 127 0 0 0 8 fieldeng m To execute the command to Inter SCF Network ISN fieldeng m The case other than those above No privileges are required Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The follow
242. ing options are supported c count Specifies the number of times to send the packet After sent the packet for the number of specified times and received its response the ping 8 command terminates If omitted the command continues sending the packet until the interrupt occurs h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs q Suppresses the output Outputs the data at the start and at the end of the command The following operand is supported host Specifies the network host or the network device to send the packet Can be specified with host name or IP address System Administration 101 ping 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sends the packet three times to a host named scf0 hostname0 XSCF gt ping c 3 scfO hostname0 PING scfO hostname0 XX XX XX XX 56 data bytes 64 bytes from XX XX XX XX icmp_seq 0 ttl 64 time 0 1 ms 64 bytes from XX XX XX XX icmp_seq 1 ttl 64 time 0 1 ms 64 bytes from XX XX XX XX icmp_seq 2 ttl 64 time 0 1 ms scf0 hostname0 ping statistics 3 packets transmitted 3 packets received 0 packet loss round trip min avg max 0 1 0 1 0 1 ms EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 102 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS poweroff 8 poweroff turn off the power to the specified doma
243. ion XSCF gt version c xcp XSCF 0 Active XCPO Current 1020 XCP1 Reserve 1020 System Administration 455 version 8 XSCF 1 Standby XCPO Current 1020 XCP1 Reserve 1020 EXAMPLE 2 Displays the details of the XCP version XSCF gt version c xcp v XSCF 0 Active XCPO Current 1020 OpenBoot PROM 01 01 0001 SCF o 1 01 0001 XCPI Reserve 1020 OpenBoot PROM 01 01 0001 OpenBoot PROM BACKUP 0 01 01 0001 1 01 02 0001 XSCF 1 Standby XCPO Current 1020 OpenBoot PROM 01 01 0001 SCF o 1 01 0001 XCP1 Reserve 1020 OpenBoot PROM 01 01 0001 SCF o 1 01 0001 OpenBoot PROM BACKUP 0 01 01 0001 1 01 02 0001 EXAMPLE3 Displays the XCP version that is registered in the XSCF XSCF gt version c xcp t XCP 1020 456 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 version 8 EXAMPLE 4 Displays the details of the XCP version that is registered in the XSCF XSCF gt version c xcp v t XCP 1020 OpenBoot PROM 01 01 0001 SCF 01 01 0001 EXAMPLE5 Displays the version of OpenBoot PROM firmware XSCF gt version c cmu DomainID 00 01 01 0001 DomainID 01 01 01 0001 DomainID 02 01 01 0001 DomainID 03 01 01 0001 DomainID 23 01 01 0001 EXAMPLE6 Displays the detailed version of OpenBoot PROM firmware XSCF gt version c cmu v DomainID 00 01 01 0001 DomainID 01 01 01 0001 Domain
244. is manual describes how to use and the execution examples available in XSCF environment This manual is provided as a manual to study the point which you can t understand or would like to check on while using XSCF shell command Instead of reading from the start as you do so when reading a tutorial it is recommended to use this manual as you come across a point you would like to check on The description of XSCF shell command written in this manual is the same as the manual page which appears as a result of man command executed in XSCF environment For how to use the man command please refer to man 1 in this manual In addition for the detail content of XSCF please refer to SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF User s Guide This section includes Audience on page viii Notation of This Manual on page viii SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers Documentation on page x Glossary on page xiv Abbreviated References to Other Documents on page xiv Models on page xv Prompt Notations on page xvi Software License on page xvi Fujitsu Welcomes Your Comments on page xvi Preface vii Audience This manual is intended for users who administrate SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers hereinafter referred to as XSCF user The XSCF user is required to have the following knowledge Solaris Operating System and Unix command m SPARC Enterpris
245. is used to forcibly add a system board to a domain all the added hardware resources may not work normally For this reason use of the f option is not recommended in normal operation If the option must be specified verify the status of every added system board and device Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs moun Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Displays a detailed message If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored mon Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number to be disconnected Multiple xsb operands are permitted separated by spaces The following xsb form is accepted ry where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 34 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO deleteboard 8 m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m If c disconnect is specified when either the domain power has been turned off or the XSB is already disconnected from the domain configuration no operation is performed If domain power on or power off is in progress
246. ised September 2008 EXIT STATUS showenvironment 8 PSU 2 PSU 2 Low speed PSU 2 4218rpm PSU 2 4066rpm PSU 3 PSU 3 Low speed PSU 3 3835rpm PSU 3 3970rpm EXAMPLE5 Displays the fan speed information on the M3000 server XSCF gt showenvironment Fan FAN_A 0 Low speed level 4 FAN_A 0 4134rpm FAN_A 1 Low speed level 4 FAN_A 1 4212rpm PSU 0 PSU 0 Low speed level 4 PSU 0 6436rpm PSU 1 PSU 1 Low speed level 4 PSU 1 6352rpm The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administration 341 showenvironment 8 342 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showfru 8 showfru display the hardware settings of specified device showfru device location showfru a device showfru h The showfru 8 command displays the hardware settings of specified device by the setupfru 8 command The command can display the settings of the specified device or of all devices Only the physical system board PSB can be specified as a device The following settings are displayed Device Specified device name Only sb is displayed Location Device location If the device is sb the indicated location is an integer ranging from 00 to 15 XSB Mode XSB mode set for the PSB One of the following values is displayed Uni Uni XSB Quad Quad XSB Memory
247. isplays a summary of COD RTU licenses used and installed along with the current state of each resource When used without options it displays the current usage You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can run this command for all resources and domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command for available resources only for those domains that you can access Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command p domain Displays the license usage for each domain The statistics reported include the number of COD RTU licenses used by the domain resources assigned to the domain and COD RTU licenses reserved for the domain p resource Displays license usage by resource type p all Displays all COD usage information v Specifies verbose output Displays all available COD usage information including COD RTU license use for both the system and its domains System Administration 301 showcodusage 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION The showcodusage p resource command displays the following COD usage information for the system Resource In Use Installed License Status Identifies the type of COD resources available processors
248. it displays the current COD information You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop Can execute the command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can execute the command only for accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain_id Domain identifier domain_id can be 0 23 depending on system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs v Specifies verbose output EXAMPLE1 Displaying All COD Information The output shown is what you would see if you had domainadm domainop or domainmgr privileges for Domain 1 XSCF gt showcod PROC RTUs reserved for domain 1 0 EXAMPLE2 Displaying All COD Information System Administration 297 showcod 8 The output shown is what you would see if you had platform privileges XSCF gt showcod Chassis HostID 81000001 PROC RTUs installed 8 PROC Headroom Quantity 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 0 4 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 1 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 2 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 3 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 4 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 5 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 6 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 7 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 8 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 9 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 10 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 11 0 PROC R
249. it values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setaltitude 8 System Administration 279 showaltitude 8 280 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION showarchiving 8 showarchiving display log archiving configuration and status showarchiving showarchiving e v showarchiving h showarchiving 8 displays the status and configuration information for log archiving on the Service Processor You must have platadm platop or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported e Displays information about the last ten archiving errors h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs v Specifies verbose output If the e option is not specified showarchiving displays the following information 1 A list of archiving configuration data Archiving state Log archiving is enabled or disabled Archive host The host on which the logs are archived Initial value is Not configured Possible values are a host name or IPv4 address Archive directory The directory on the archive host where the archives are stored Initial value is Not configured System Administration 281 showarchiving 8 282 Username for ssh login User name which the Service Pr
250. k 8 applynetwork reflect the information that has been set for the XSCF network applynetwork a y n applynetwork h applynetwork 8 command reflects the information that has been set for the XSCF network to XSCF When you set one of the following for the XSCF network it is necessary to execute the applynetwork 8 command to reflect the information to XSCF m XSCF host name DNS domain name m IP address m netmask m routing When you execute the applynetwork 8 command it displays the information which has been set to XSCF host name DNS domain name name server IP address net mask and routing After reflected the information of XSCF network use the rebootxscf 8 command to reset XSCF to complete the setting Note If XSCF is reset without executing the applynetwork 8 command network information that is set is not reflected in XSCF Also information that is set is deleted You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command n Automatically answers n no to all prompts a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts m When the command is executed a p
251. l be stored in XSCF When you enable the network interface the setting of IP address and netmask will be used m In the following cases the setnetwork 8 command results in an error m When specified the same subnet in XSCF LAN 0 and XSCF LAN 1 a When specified the same IP address as DSCP a When specified a subnet which overlaps with DSCP a When specified the overlapped subnets in ISN and in other network interface a When specified the c or r option and ISN together m Incase you specified the IP address and the netmask to the interfaces other than ISN and when the ISN is not configured the following default value will be set m xscf 0 if IP address 192 168 1 1 Netmask 255 255 255 0 m xscf 1 if IP address 192 168 1 2 Netmask 255 255 255 0 m The shownetwork 8 command can display current information on a network interface configured for XSCF m To reflect information on the specified network interface execute the applynetwork 8 command and reset XSCF EXAMPLE1_ Sets the IP address 192 168 10 10 and netmask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setnetwork xscf 0 lan 0 m 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 10 EXAMPLE 2 Sets the IP address 192 168 10 10 and netmask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 in the M3000 M4000 M5000 server XSCF gt setnetwork lan 0 m 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 10 EXAMPLE3 Disables XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setnetwork xscf 0 lan 1 c down EXAMPLE 4 Sets the IP address
252. l the user settable XSCF configuration parameters to their default value as they were set when the system was shipped out Furthemore this command will delete all logs on both XSCFUs Check the man page of this command before you run it Continue yes no default no yes You must check the following points 1 Have the ability to powercycle the system 2 Have access to the serial console and hold the serial console of the XSCFU to confirm the completion of the command If you answer yes this command will HALT the XSCFU when it compltetes You will need to powercycle the system after the XSCF BOOT STOP Do you really want to continue Continue yes no default no yes The initialization of XSCFU will be started XSCFU all data clear OPNL not clear XSCF will be automatically rebooted Afterwards XSCFU will be initialized Continue yes no default no yes The NVRAM setting of XSCFU 0 was completed XSCF shutdown request was completed lt snip gt XSCF reboot lt snip gt kkkkxk WARNING kkkkx k XSCF initialization terminate for XSCF data clear execute setdefaults xscf AUTO setdefaults XSCF clear start setdefaults XSCF clear DBS start setdefaults XSCF clear wait 20s for DBS initialization setdefaults XSCF clear common database clear complete setdefaults XSCF clear bin rm var log lastlog gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 setdefaults XSCF clear bin rm var log boot log gt dev
253. layed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command 24 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 cfgdevice 8 If connection or disconnection is made when the power supply of the system is ON settings are made immediately after cfgdevice 8 command execution When the power supply of the system is OFF connection or disconnection is reserved and settings are made after the power supply is turned on The CD RW DVD RW and the tape connection is maintained even if the domain configuration is changed or a CPU Memory Board unit CMU or I O unit IOU is replaced with a connected CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit The CD RW DVD RW and the tape connection is maintained even if the domain power is turned off or the system is rebooted The CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit is mounted in each of the base and expansion cabinets in the M9000 server that has the expansion cabinet In such cases each CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit can be connected only to a domain within the cabinet in which the drive is mounted Settings for connection must be made for both the base cabinet and expansion cabinet XSCF gt cfgdevice 1 Current connection for DVD DAT Main chassis port 0 0 Expansion chassis port 8 0 Expander status Port No IOU SAS status SAS status 0 0 enable up enable up 0 2 disable down enable up 0 4 disable down enable up 0
254. letion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO console 8 sendbreak 8 308 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showdate 8 showdate display the date and time of XSCF showdate u showdate h The showdate 8 command displays the date and time of XSCF You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs u Specifies time in coordinated universal time UTC When the u option is omitted the local time is specified The setdate 8 command sets the XSCF date and time EXAMPLE 1 Displays the current time as the local time JST XSCF showdate Mon Jan 23 14 53 00 JST 2006 EXAMPLE 2 Displays the current time in UTC XSCF gt showdate u Mon Jan 23 05 56 15 UTC 2006 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setdate 8 settimezone 8 showtimezone 8 System Administration 309 showdate 8 310 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION s
255. llowing information can be displayed User User account of the XSCF connected to the domain console DID Domain ID ro rw Domain console type ro Read only console rw Writable console escape Escape mark specified for the console Date Date connected to the domain console You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays console information on all domains that can be accessed d domain_id Specifies only one ID of the domain for which information is to be displayed domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 307 showconsolepath 8 EXTENDED Only one writable console and one or more read only consoles can be connected to DESCRIPTION one domain EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays console information on all domains that can be accessed XSCF gt showconsolepath a User DID ro rw escape Date nakagawa 00 rw Fri dul 29 21 23 34 hana 00 ro Fri Jul 29 09 49 12 k okano 00 ro Fri Jul 29 18 21 50 yuuki 01 rw Fri Jul 29 10 19 18 uchida 01 ro Fri Jul 29 13 30 41 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful comp
256. lost or forgotten password for a user account When changing another user s password be sure to choose a password that conforms with the system password policy You can display the current password policy settings with the showpasswordpolicy 8 command Whether the user name is specified or not the account must be local password returns an error if it is not local You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm Can run this command with or without any options or operand Can change the password for any account No privileges are required in the following cases m To change the password for the current user account m To use the h option System Administration 97 password 8 Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported e days date Never days sets the number of days starting from today during i inactive which the XSCF account is enabled days is in the format of a number 0 10730 If the current date plus the number of days exceeds January 2038 the number is considered invalid and the command will fail date sets the date when the account expires not exceeding January 2038 The date format can be mm dd yy 10 30 08 yyyy mm dd 2008 10 30 yy mm dd 08 10 30 dd Mmm yy 30 Oct 08 dd Mmm yyyy 30 Oct 2008 dd Mmm yy 30 Oct 08 dd Mmm yyyy 30 Oct 2008 Mmm dd yy Oct 30 08 Mmm dd yyyy Oct 30 2008
257. lready exist Do you still wish to update y n y Enter passphrase Verifying Enter passphrase EXAMPLE5 Creates the private key of the web server XSCF gt sethttps c genserverkey Server key already exists Do you still wish to update y n y Enter passphrase Verifying Enter passphrase EXAMPLE6 Creates the private key of the web server Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt sethttps c genserverkey Server key already exists Do you still wish to update y n y Enter passphrase Verifying Enter passphrase EXAMPLE7 Creates the private key of the web server Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt sethttps c genserverkey q y Enter passphrase Verifying Enter passphrase EXAMPLE8 Imports the web server certificate To exit press the Enter key and then press Ctrl and D XSCF gt sethttps c importca Please import a certificate MIIDATCCAt6gAwIBAgIBATANBgkqghkiG9w0BAQQFADCBQTELMAKGA1UEBhMCamox Dj AMBOQNVBAQgTBXNOYXRIMREwDwYDVQQHEwhsb2NhbG1 0eTEVMBMGA1UEChMMb3gn YW5pemFOaW9uMO8wDOYDVQQLEwZvcmdhbmkxDzANBQNVBAMTBmNvbw1vb3j EWNMBOG 196 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO CSqGSIb3DQEJARYHZWUuUbWFpbDAeFwOwNjA1MZAWNTIS5MTVaFw0XNjA1lMj CwNTI5 MTVaMG4xC zAJBgNVBAYTAmpqMQ4wDAYDVQQIEwVzdGF 0ZTEVMBMGA1UEChMMb3Jn YW5pemF0aw9uMQ8wDQOYDVQQLEwZvcmdhbmkxDzANBONVBAMTBmNvbw1vb3j ENMB
258. ltitude 400 400m The specified altitude becomes valid when the circuit breakers of the system are switched on again Do you want to reboot the XSCF now y n n XSCF gt System Administration 275 setupplatform 8 EXAMPLE5 Setting the Time Zone XSCF gt setupplatform p timezone Do you want to set up the XSCF time zone y n y Chassis time zone is already configured XSCF time zone US Pacific Continue setting up the XSCF time zone y n y 0 Africa Abidjan 1 Africa Accra 2 Africa Addis_Ababa 3 Africa Algiers 4 Africa Asmera 5 Africa Bamako 6 Africa Bangui 7 Africa Banjul 8 Africa Bissau 9 Africa Blantyre 10 Africa Brazzaville 11 Africa Bujumbura 12 Africa Cairo 13 Africa Casablanca 14 Africa Ceuta 15 Africa Conakry 16 Africa Dakar 17 Africa Dar es Salaam 18 Africa Djibouti 19 Africa Douala 20 Africa El_Aaiun 21 Africa Freetown 22 Africa Gaborone Enter number to choose time zone or return for next set of time zones 21 XSCF time zone Africa Freetown Is this setting correct y n Y 276 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setupplatform 8 XSCF gt setaltitude c settz s Africa Freetown Africa Freetown XSCF gt The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred adduser 8 applynetwork 8 password 8 setaltitude 8 setdscp 8 setemailrepor
259. ltitude of the system is set any abnormality in the intake air temperature can be detected quickly If the altitude of the system is unknown set a high value However even if no altitude is set for the system any abnormality in temperatures such as the CPU temperature can still be detected so the system would not be damaged by a fatal error System Administration 141 setaltitude 8 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO m To apply the specified configuration execute the rebootxscf 8 command and reset XSCF m The command does not accept negative numbers If the system is below sea level use altitude 0 m When you specified either of the altitude of the system or whether or not the air filter installed the current settings are listed The setting of the air filter is displayed only when it is set to installed m When the showaltitude 8 command is executed the current settings are displayed EXAMPLE 1 Sets the altitude of the system to 1000 m XSCF gt setaltitude s altitude 1000 1000m EXAMPLE 2 Sets the altitude of the system to 200 m The specified value is rounded up to the nearest hundred meters XSCF gt setaltitude s altitude 157 200m EXAMPLE 3__ Sets the altitude of the system to 1000 m on the M4000 M5000 servers with the air filter installed XSCF gt setaltitude s altitude 1000 1000m Filter is installed EXAMPLE 4 Sets the air filter uninstalled on the M4000 M5000 servers XSCF gt setaltitude
260. lue for sensors is specified then only those types of sensors are displayed These options may be used concurrently If target is in the form of a host path only the downlink card information is displayed See EXAMPLE 2 80 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 ioxadm 8 The results are listed in tabular format Each FRU sensor is listed in the first column In the next column is the sensor name such as T_AMBIENT for ambient temperature or V 12V OV for the voltage reading of the 12V rail The third fourth and fifth columns display the sensor reading Value sensor resolution Res and Units respectively See EXAMPLE 1 Each FRU can have a variety of different sensors When specifying multiple values for sensors use spaces to separate the values Possible values for sensors can be seen in the Sensor column of EXAMPLE 1 Units are given in Celsius degrees Volts Amperes SWITCH and RPM The sensors names are FRU dependent and may change from FRU type to FRU type and even among individual FRUs If the v option is set verbose output is displayed In addition to the regular output the output also includes the maximum and minimum values supported by the sensors Max and Min along with the low and high warning thresholds Min Alarm and Max Alarm LED indicators do not support these fields moun Fields containing a indicate an unsupported setting For example there may
261. main ID 0 XSCF gt showdcl d 0 DID LSB XSB Status 00 Running 00 00 0 04 01 0 08 02 0 12 03 0 EXAMPLE 2 Displays details in the DCL that is set for domain ID 0 XSCF gt showdcl v d 0 DID LSB XSB Status No Mem No IO Float Cfg policy 00 Running FRU 00 00 0 False False False 01 02 314 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 EXAMPLE 3 XSCF showdcl DID 00 LSB 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 T4 12 13 14 01 0 False True True True True True showdcl 8 False True False Displays details in the DCL that are set for all domains XSB 00 0 v a Status Running No Mem False False True True No IO False True True True Float Cfg policy FRU False False True False System Administration 315 showdcl 8 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 Running Waiting for OS Shutdown FRU 01 2 True True False 04 0 False False False 05 0 True False False 06 0 True True True The following exit values are returned 0 gt 0 Successful completion An error occurred addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdevices 8 showfru 8 316 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised Se
262. maximum values allowed are displayed within parentheses and default values are displayed within brackets setcod enables COD headroom processors to be used on demand Use the d domain_id to specify the number of domain COD RTU licenses to be reserved EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Setting COD CPU Headroom Quantity and Reserve Domain COD RTU Li censes XSCF gt setcod PROC RTUs installed 0 PROC Headroom Quantity 0 to disable 4 MAX 0 1 WARNING Using headroom requires you to install license key s within 30 days Do you agree y n y PROC RTUs reserved for domain 0 1 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 1 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 2 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 3 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 4 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 5 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 6 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 7 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 8 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 9 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 10 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 11 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 12 0 MAX 0 156 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setcod 8 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 13 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 14 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 15 0 MAX 0 After this command completes you will see a message similar to this one in the X
263. mpletion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setemailreport 8 showsmtp 8 System Administration 239 setsmtp 8 240 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setsnmp 8 setsnmp manage the SNMP agent setsnmp enable mib name setsnmp disable mib name setsnmp addtraphost t type s community string p trap port traphost setsnmp remtraphost t type traphost setsnmp addv3traphost u username r authentication protocol n engine idl i a authentication password e encryption password p trap port traphost setsnmp remv3traphost u username traphost setsnmp enableviv2c read only community string setsnmp disablevlv2c setsnmp 1 system location c system contact LA system description p agent port setsnmp h setsnmp 8 enables or disables the SNMP Agent as well as configures the SNMP agent settings You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c system contact Specifies the system contact information for the agent d system description Specifies the system description for the agent h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 1 system location Specifies the system location for the agent p agent port Specifies the listening port for the age
264. n p suspend count Sets the policy to follow when the audit trail becomes full The following are valid values suspend All processes which try to write to audit records will be suspended until either space becomes available and records can be written or the policy is changed to count count New audit records are dropped and a count is kept of how many records are dropped t percents Sets thresholds at which to issue a warning about local audit storage usage percents is a comma separated list of percentages of available space used At most four values may be set For example values of 50 75 80 90 would cause warnings to be issued when 50 75 80 and 90 respectively of the available storage for audit records is consumed The default value is 80 Warnings are issued as a message to the console and optionally to an administrator using email See m mailaddr System Administration 149 setaudit 8 OPERANDS EXAMPLES The following operands are supported archive Notifies the log archiving facility to archive the current audit trail delete Delete the portion of the local audit trail in the secondary partition This can be used to free space for new audit records if the local audit trail becomes full For more information on the secondary partition refer to the Administration Guide for your server disable Turns off the writing of audit records to the audit trail and notifies the log archiving facility to archiv
265. n System Power OFF The main unit power is off 372 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 showlogs 8 m Monitoring message log Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 monitor message Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 monitor message Each line of display has a date and time paired with a monitoring message The time in the displayed log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year is the local time m Console message log DomainID 00 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 console message Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 console message First line DomainID Domain ID domain_id can be 00 23 depending on the system configuration Second and subsequent lines Each line of display has a date and time paired with a console message The time in the displayed log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year is the local time m Panic message log lt lt panic gt gt Date Mar 30 18 45 31 JST 2005 DomainID 00 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 panic message Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 panic message System Administration 373 showlogs 8 Second line Date Panic occurrence date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time DomainID Domain ID domain_id can be 00 23 depending on the system configuration Third and subsequent lines Each line of display has a date and time paired with a panic m
266. n The following is a brief overview of the modes of operation for the snapshot command The first mode is SSH Target Mode The data collector is run in this mode when it is invoked with the t or T option In this mode the data collector opens an SSH connection from the Service Processor to the specified target after appropriate authentication and sends the zip data archive through the SSH connection to the target host The user must create the target directory on the remote host snapshot does not create the target directory The transmission encryption in this mode is provided by SSH The second mode is USB Device Mode The data collector is run in this mode when it is invoked with the a flag In this mode the data collector s output which is the Zip archive is saved in a file on the USB device The USB device should be formatted using the FAT32 file system As in SSH Target mode you can use the e option to encrypt the zip file in this mode However no transmission encryption such as SSH occurs in this mode since the data stays local to the Service Processor EXAMPLE1 Downloading a Public Key Using SSH XSCF gt snapshot t joeGjupiter west home joe logs x k download Downloading Public Key from jupiter west Key fingerprint in md5 c9 e0 bct b2 1a 80 29 24 13 d9 1 13 5 5c 2c 0f Accept this public key yes no Y Enter ssh password for user joe on host jupiter west Setting up ssh connection to remot
267. n be set m Configuring the self certification authority m Creating a self signed web server certificate m Creating the private key of the web server m Creating a web server certificate signing request CSR to an external certification authority m Importing a web server certificate signed by an external certification authority XSCF does not support HTTP service Only HTTPS service is supported You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 193 sethttps 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported c enablel disable c gencsr c genserverkey c importca c selfsign Specify whether to enable the HTTPS service One of the following values can be specified If none of them is specified an error occurs enable Starts the HTTPS service disable Stops the HTTPS service Creates a CSR Creates the private key of the web server Imports a web server certificate signed by the certification authority to the XSCF Configures the self certification authority Also this operand creates a self signing web server certificate Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Automatically answers y yes to all prompts OPERANDS The following operands are supported common Specifies commo
268. n names such as the creator name and the host name of a server country Specifies a country name with a two letter code such as JP or US e mail Specifies an E mail address locality Specifies a city name etc organization Specifies a company name etc organizationalunit Specifies an organization such as a section or department state province Specifies the name of a state province etc EXTENDED m When the HTTPS server is enabled or there is a private certificate authority web DESCRIPTION server certificate or web server secret key a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m The CSR is overwritten 194 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXAMPLES sethttps 8 m In case the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there s a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error m When using an external certification authority it leads to an error in the following cases a When the c gencsr option or the c enable option is executed without executing the c genserverkey option Create the private key of the web server using the c genserverkey option a When the c enable option is executed without executing the c importca option Import a web server certificate using the c importc
269. n saved in the fault log for examination by Sun IMPACT The fault log will need to be manually examined using fmdump 1M in order to determine if any human response is required MSG ID FMD 8000 11 TYPE Defect VER 1 SEVERITY Minor EVENT TIME Tue Nov 7 07 03 25 PST 2006 PLATFORM SUNW SPARC Enterprise CSN 7860000764 HOSTNAME san ff2 20 0 SOURCE sde REV 1 5 EVENT ID 2b03ab60 96db 439d al3a 2 420a1b73c7 DESC A Solaris Fault Manager component generated a diagnosis for which no message summary exists Refer to http www sun com msg FMD 8000 11 for more information AUTO RESPONSE The diagnosis has been saved in the fault log for examination by Sun IMPACT The fault log will need to be manually examined using fmdump 1M in order to determine if any human response is required The following exit values are returned Successful completion All records in the log file were examined successfully gt 0 An error occurred fmadm 8 fmstat 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fmstat 8 fmstat report fault management module statistics fmstat a s z m module interval count fmstat h The fmstat utility can be used by system administrators and service personnel to report statistics associated with the Fault Manager fault manager daemon and its associated set of modules The Fault Manager runs in the
270. n units of seconds Specify an integer number ranging from 0 to 9999 for time The default value is 10 seconds The currently set wait time can be displayed by using the showshutdowndelay 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Sets 600 seconds as the wait time before the start of shutdown XSCF gt setshutdowndelay s 600 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred showshutdowndelay 8 System Administration 235 setshutdowndelay 8 236 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setsmtp 8 setsmtp set up the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP settings setsmtp v setsmtp s variable value setsmtp h setsmtp 8 sets up the SMTP configuration values When used without options you will be prompted to provide the name of the SMTP email server to be used You will also be prompted for the port and the Reply To address to be used on outgoing email Make sure that a valid email address is specified here You can set up SMTP settings noninteractively using the s option After you have set up the email server and port have been set up using setsmtp 8 you can use setemailreport 8 to set up email report configuration data and send a test email message You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 237 setsm
271. nc et Fujitsu Limited d tiennent et contr lent toutes deux des droits de propri t intellectuelle relatifs aux produits et technologies d crits dans ce document De m me ces produits technologies et ce document sont prot g s par des lois sur le copyright des brevets d autres lois sur la propri t intellectuelle et des trait s internationaux Les droits de propri t intellectuelle de Sun Microsystems Inc et Fujitsu Limited concernant ces produits ces technologies et ce document comprennent sans que cette liste soit exhaustive un ou plusieurs des brevets d pos s aux Etats Unis et indiqu s a l adresse http www sun com patents de m me qu un ou plusieurs brevets ou applications brevet es suppl mentaires aux Etats Unis et dans d autres pays Ce document le produit et les technologies aff rents sont exclusivement distribu s avec des licences qui en restreignent l utilisation la copie la distribution et la d compilation Aucune partie de ce produit de ces technologies ou de ce document ne peut tre reproduite sous quelque forme que ce soit par quelque moyen que ce soit sans l autorisation crite pr alable de Fujitsu Limited et de Sun Microsystems Inc et de leurs ventuels bailleurs de licence Ce document bien qu il vous ait t fourni ne vous conf re aucun droit et aucune licence expresses ou tacites concernant le produit ou la technologie auxquels il se rapporte Par ailleurs il ne contient ni ne repr sente au
272. net service h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m In the M8000 M9000 servers the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there s a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error and the setting will be reflected to the active XSCF only m Incase you stop the Telnet service it will be reflected by using the rebootxscf 8 command to reset XSCF m The current Telnet service state can be checked by using the showtelnet 8 command EXAMPLE1_ Starts the Telnet service XSCF gt settelnet c enable EXAMPLE 2 Stops the Telnet service XSCF gt settelnet c disable Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the telnet settings System Administration 261 settelnet 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO rebootxscf 8 showtelnet 8 262 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS settimezone 8 settimezone set the time zone and Daylight Saving Time of XSCF settimezone c settz s timezone settimezone c settz a M settimezone c adddst b std o offset d dst p offset date time t date time settimezone c deldst b std o offset settimezone h The settimezone 8 command sets the time zone and Daylight Saving Time of XSCF The time zone is
273. nformation The following options are supported c check Checks whether the specified firmware can be updated c update Updates the specified firmware In the M8000 M9000 servers updates the firmware of both XSCF units c sync Synchronizes the firmware versions of the XSCF units in the M8000 M9000 servers This option is used when replacing an XSCF unit h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m xcp Specifies the entire firmware as a target n Automatically answers n no to all prompts System Administration 55 flashupdate 8 56 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts s version Specifies an XCP comprehensive firmware version For version specify a major version minor version and micro version continuously The XCP version number appears as xyyz by four digits where x Major firmware release number yy Minor release number Z Micro release number y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m When the firmware is updated the XSCF unit is reset Therefore LAN connection to the XSCF is canceled if already established m When there s a faulty Field Replaceable Unit FRU can t update the firmware Resolve the FRU fault then
274. ng 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs k host key Sets the public key that XSCF uses to verify the identity of the host Possible values for the host key are shown here none This literal value specifies that a public key should not be used to authenticate the archive host If an archive host public key was previously configured it is deleted download This literal value specifies that setarchiving should download the public host key from the archive host using the SSH protocol If the t option is used setarchiving downloads the key from the host specified in the argument to t Otherwise setarchiving downloads the key from the current archive host Next setarchiving displays the key s md5 fingerprint and prompts you for confirmation of the identity of the host to continue If you accept the key it is saved and used for server authentication If you reject the key setarchiving exits without changing the configuration public key The specified public key is stored and used for server authentication The host key argument should be the complete public key for the archive host beginning with the key type Note The public key should be enclosed in quotes to ensure that the shell treats it as a single word 144 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setarchiving 8
275. ng Time You can specify the integer from 0 to 6 O for Sunday and 6 for Saturday JA Jn Specifies the sequential day in the year to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 1st It does not count the leap year day n Specifies the sequential day in the year to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 1st It counts the leap year day In time you specify the time You can specify it in the following format hh mm ss Specifies the time in hh mm ss format hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 60 In case omitted 02 00 00 Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command 264 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 o offset settimezone 8 Specifies the offset of time zone and Greenwich mean time GMT You can specify offset in the following format GMT hh mm ss GMT els hh mm ss Greenwich mean time moun Specifies to set the standard time to the time which is ahead of GMT To adjust to the local time east to Greenwich the offset is a negative value Specifies to set the standard time to the time which is behind the GMT To adjust to the local tome west to Greenwich the offset is a positive value Specifies th
276. ng Username v3 n a jsmith None v2c Trap Host XSCF gt showsnmp Agent Status Agent Port System Location System Contact System Description Trap Hosts Hostname Port host1 162 host2 162 host3 162 SNMP V1 V2c Status Enabled 161 SanDiego jsmith jupiter west FF1 Type Community String Username v1 public jsmith v2c public n a v3 n a bob Enabled Auth Protocol Displaying SNMP Information for a Enabled System Set Up With SNMPv1 Auth Protocol SHA n a SHA SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 showsnmp 8 Community String public Enabled MIB Modules SP MIB FM MIB EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setsnmp 8 System Administration 413 showsnmp 8 414 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showsnmpusm 8 showsnmpusm display the current User based Security Model USM information for the SNMP agent showsnmpusm showsnmpusm h showsnmpusm 8 displays the current USM information for the SNMP agent You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displaying SNMP Info
277. ng is to be enabled If enabled you will be prompted to provided a list of email addresses Where a Add recipient d Delete recipient r Replace recipient Default You can set up email reporting noninteractively by using the s option After the email server and port have been set up using setsmtp 8 you can use setemailreport t to send a test email message You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 and for more information System Administration 187 setemailreport 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s variable value Configures email reporting Valid entries for variable are enable recipient Valid value entries for enable are yes no Valid value entries for recipient are Any valid company email account t Sends test email v Specifies verbose output EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Enable Email Reporting Interactively XSCF gt setemailreport Enable Email Reporting no yes Email Recipient Address useradm company com Do you want to send a test mail now Yes No no EXAMPLE2 Adding an Email Report Recipient Using a XSCF gt setemailreport Enable Email Reporting yes RETURN Email Recipient Address useradmin company com a adm2 company com EXAMPLE3 Deleting an Email Report Recipient Using d XSCF gt setemailreport Enable Email Reporting yes RETURN
278. nt The default is 161 s community string Acts like a password to control access to the SNMP v1 and v2 agents It is a clear text string which can be intercepted For password encryption and no visibility use addv3traphost instead System Administration 241 setsnmp 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported addtraphost Enables the SNMP agent to send the chosen type of trap to the desired host If no trap port is provided the default is 162 A community string is mandatory addtraphost takes the following options and operand p trap port ID of the trap port Default value is 162 s community string Acts like a password to control access to the SNMP v1 and v2 agents It is a clear text string which can be intercepted For password encryption and no visibility use addv3traphost instead t type Type of trap Valid trap types are vi The agent will send SNMPv1 traps v2 The agent will send SNMPv2 traps inform The agent will send inform notifications traphost Host name of the trap host 242 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setsnmp 8 addv3traphost Enables the SNMP agent to send SNMPv3 traps or informs to the desired host An authentication protocol must be chosen Valid protocols are MD5 Uses the MD5 algorithm for authentication SHA Uses SHA Secure Hash Algorithm for authentication The encryption protocol used in all communication is DES
279. nt transport 1 0 active SysEvent Transport Agent syslog msgs 1 0 active Syslog Messaging Agent EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO fmdump 8 fmstat 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fmdump 8 fmdump view fault management logs fmdump fmdump e M v V c class t time T time u uuid fmdump m M t time T time fmdump h The fmdump utility displays the contents of any of the logs associated with the Fault Manager fault manager daemon The Fault Manager runs in the background on each server It records in the error log faults detected by the XSCF and initiates proactive self healing activities such as disabling faulty components The Fault Manager maintains two sets of logs for use by system administrators and service personnel Error log Records error telemetry the symptoms of problems detected by the system Fault log Records fault diagnosis information the problems believed to explain these symptoms By default fmdump displays the contents of the fault log which records the result of each diagnosis made by the fault manager or one of its component modules Each problem recorded in the fault log is identified by m The time of its diagnosis m A Universal Unique Identifier UUID that can be used to uniquely identi
280. nt will send inform notifications traphost Host name of the trap host remv3traphost Disables the SNMP agent from sending SNMPv3 traps to the desired host traphost Host name of the trap host u username Specifies a valid user name EXAMPLE1 Setting Up System Information XSCF gt setsnmp 1 sandiego c username company com d ff1 EXAMPLE 2 Setting Up and SNMPv3 Trap Host With Password Options XSCF gt setsnmp addv3traphost u jsmith n Ox r SHA a xxxxxxxx e yyyyyyyy fiche EXAMPLE3 Setting Up and SNMPv3 Trap Host without Password Options XSCF gt setsnmp addv3traphost u bob i r SHA fiche Authentication Password Encryption Password EXAMPLE 4 Starting the Agent XSCF gt setsnmp enable SP_MIB System Administration 245 setsnmp 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showsnmp 8 246 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setsnmpusm 8 setsnmpusm specify the SNMPv3 agent s User based Security Model USM configuration setsnmpusm create a authentication protocol p authentication_password e encyrption_password user setsnmpusm delete user setsnmpusm clone u clone user user setsnmpusm passwd c auth encrypt o old_password n new_password user setsnmpusm h setsnmpusm 8 modifi
281. ocessor uses to login to the archive host Initial value is Not configured Archive host public key The public key which the Service Processor uses to verify the identity of the archive host This field is not displayed unless the v option is specified Archive host fingerprint The md5 fingerprint of the public key which the Service Processor uses to verify the identity of the archive host 2 Time of the most recent attempt to connect to the archive host and the outcome of that attempt success or failure Latest The completion time of the latest attempt to communicate communication with the archive host Connection status The outcome of the latest attempt to connect to the archive host successful OK or unsuccessful FAILED 3 Table of the status information for audit logs and non audit logs Archive space The amount of space allocated for the archives limit Archive space used The amount of space currently consumed by the archives Total archiving A counter of failed archiving operations failures Unresolved A counter of failed archiving operations which the Service failures Processor will continue to retry If the e option is specified showarchiving displays the details of the last ten archiving errors that occurred EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Viewing Status and Configuration Data XSCF gt showarchiving Archiving Configuration Archiving state Disabled Archive host Not confi
282. olicies are enforced by XSCF on the Service Processor The new password policy applies only to users added after the setpasswordpolicy 8 command is executed The following parameters control creation of new user accounts expiry inactive maxdays mindays and warn When a user is created the adduser 8 command uses these parameters as the password expiration settings for the new account The password 8 command can be used to change the password expiration settings for an existing account You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d dcredit Sets maximum number of digits in a password Each digit counts as one credit The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each digit in the password up to dcredit digits Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater The initial setting is 1 e expiry Sets the number of days a new account will be valid before expiring and becoming disabled This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 0 A zero means that the account will not expire Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs i inactive Sets the number of days after a password expires until the account is locked This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are crea
283. onfiguration data will not be restored If this option is not specified the serial number of the target system will be compared with the serial number of the configuration file and if the numbers match the configuration data will be restored System Administration 125 restoreconfig 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION t proxy type Used with the p option to specify the type of proxy Possible values for proxy type are http socks4 and socks5 The default value is http u user Specifies the user name when logging in to a remote ftp or http server that requires authentication You will be prompted for a password v Displays verbose output This may be helpful when diagnosing server problems V Displays details of network activity This may be helpful when diagnosing network or server problems mon y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following operand is supported url Specifies the URL of the firmware image to download Supported formats for this value include the following http server port path file https server port path file ftp server port path file file media usb_msd path file Basic identification information is included in plain text at the top of the configuration file The user can use any text viewer to determine information such as m which system created the backup up configuration m when the backup was created m if the backup is encrypted All t
284. ontent length 24603 lt Content type text plain lt Date Thu 07 Aug 2008 17 07 43 GMT lt Server Apache 1 3 36 Unix mod_perl 1 29 mod ss1 2 8 27 OpenSSL 0 9 7d lt Last modified Mon 04 Aug 2008 20 01 51 GMT lt Etag 4fa2a 601b 4897602 lt Accept ranges bytes lt Via 1 1 proxy proxy lt Proxy agent Sun Java System Web Proxy Server 4 0 Connection 0 to host 129 145 155 166 left intact Closing connection 0 Configuration backup created on Mon Aug 4 12 58 19 2008 from system M3000 with serial number IKSO8220xx version 19830000 You will need to power cycle the entire system after this operation is completed Do you want to restore this configuration to your system y n y requesting XSCF reboot to perform restore requested Connection to ghidorah com closed by foreign host 128 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 restoreconfig 8 EXAMPLE 3 Restoring the Configuration Using https XSCF gt restoreconfig v V https 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg obtaining lock done initiating file transfer from https 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg transfer from saf firmtmp hcp config config file bin to https 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg About to connect to 10 7 79 18 port 443 Trying 10 7 79 18 connected Connected to 10 7 79 18 10 7 79 18 port 443 error setting certificate verify locations
285. operand is ignored m In the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For abbreviation lan 0 an abbreviation of XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 an abbreviation of XSCF LAN 1 m In the M8000 M9000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 xscf 0 if Interface between XSCF units Inter SCF Network ISN For XSCF unit 1 xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 1 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 XSC 1 1if ISN For takeover IP address lan 0 takeover IP address for XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 takeover IP address for XSCF LAN 1 m In the M8000 M9000 servers a takeover IP address can be used without a need to determine whether XSCF has been switched By setting the LAN ports of the active XSCF unit as lan 0 and lan 1 they can be accessed with the names lan 0 and lan 1 m In the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers the value of the lan 0 is fixed with xscf 0 lan 0 and the lan 1 is fixed with xscf 0 lan 1 386 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 shownetwork 8 m In the M8000 M9000 servers and when the takeover IP address has been disabled by setnetwork 8 command nothing will be displayed even though the takeover IP address is specified by the shownetwork 8 command m The setnetwork 8 command configures a network interface used by the XSCF EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays the information for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt shownetwork xscf
286. operands an error occurs Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command Displays IP address without the name resolution of host name The following operand is supported interface Specifies the network interface whose information is to be displayed One of the following values can be specified depending on the system configuration If this operand is specified with the a option the operand is ignored m In the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0O lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For abbreviation lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 m In the M8000 M9000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0O lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For XSCF unit 1 xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 1 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 The setroute 8 command sets routing information for the XSCF network 404 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showroute 8 EXAMPLE 1 Displays routing information for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt showroute xscf 0 lan 0 Destination Gateway Netmask Flags Interface serverl example 255 255 255 0 U xscf 0 lan 0 default 192 168 10 1 0 0 0 0 UG xscf 0 lan 0 EXAMPLE2 Displays routing information for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 without the name resolution of host name XSCF gt showroute n xscf 0 lan 0 Destination Gateway Netmask Flags Int
287. opriate number of domains or disconnect the appropriate number of the eXtended System Boards XSBs You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported f Forces the specified COD RTU license key to be deleted from the COD license database h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported license signature Specifies the COD RTU license key to be deleted from the COD license database EXAMPLE1 Deleting a COD RTU license key XSCF gt deletecodlicense 01 84000000 104 0301010100 3 00000000 XKXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXKXXXKK System Administration 37 deletecodlicense 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addcodlicense 8 setcod 8 showcod 8 showcodlicense 8 showcodusage 8 38 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO deletefru 8 deletefru delete a Field Replaceable Unit FRU deletefru deletefru h The deletefru 8 command deletes an FRU The deletefru 8 command is available only for the M8000 M9000 servers The deletefru 8 command allows the user to make the settings that are required for FRU deletion and related to selecting confirming
288. options are supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displays the wait time before the start of shutdown XSCF gt showshutdowndelay UPS shutdown wait time 600 second s The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setshutdowndelay 8 System Administration 407 showshutdowndelay 8 408 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showsmtp 8 showsmtp display the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP configuration information showsmtp showsmtp v showsmtp h showsmtp 8 displays the SMTP configuration When used without options it displays current SMTP configuration data You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs v Specifies verbose output SMTP information includes the Mail Server and Reply addresses EXAMPLE1 Displaying SMTP configuration XSCF gt showsmtp Mail Server 10 4 1 1 Port 25 Authentication Mechanism smtp auth User Name jsmith Password Reply Address adm customer com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occ
289. options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported user Specifies the valid user name of the account to be enabled EXAMPLE 1 Enable a User Account XSCF gt enableuser jsmith The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred adduser 8 deleteuser 8 disableuser 8 showuser 8 System Administration 51 enableuser 8 52 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges exit exit the XSCF shell exit The exit 1 command exits and closes the XSCF shell No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration exit 1 53 exit 1 54 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS flashupdate 8 flashupdate update the firmware flashupdate c check m xcp s version flashupdate a y n c update m xcp s version flashupdate c sync flashupdate h The flashupdate 8 command updates the firmware The entire firmware shown below is updated Whether update can be performed can be checked beforehand m Update of the entire firmware XSCF OpenBoot PROM including Power On Self Test POST xcp You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more i
290. or local h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p Sets privileges lookup Used with one of the required operands ldap or local The following operands are supported ldap Used with the a and p options When set to ldap authentication or privileges are first looked up locally and then in LDAP if not found locally local Used with the a and p options When set to local authentication or privileges are looked up only locally EXAMPLE1 Enabling LDAP Lookup of Privilege Data XSCF gt setlookup p ldap The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administration 207 setlookup 8 SEE ALSO showlookup 8 208 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS setnameserver 8 setnameserver set the domain name system DNS servers used in the XSCF network setnameserver c add address setnameserver c del address setnameserver c del a setnameserver h setnameserver 8 command specifies the DNS servers used in the XSCF network Up to three DNS servers can be registered for XSCF Any attempt to register four or more DNS servers causes an error You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Del
291. ount hcpcommon firmtmp complete unmount filesystem complete setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear initialize OPNL SEEPROM 1 6 initialize OPNL SEEPROM 6 6 setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear 2 gt amp 1 setdefaults FACTORY mode clear 2 gt amp 1 setdefaults FACTORY mode clear panel_up_to_date_fail gt dev setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear dbs 283 NOTICE received signal 15 setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear Please stand by while rebooting the system Restarting system XSCF uboot 01950000 Apr 15 2007 11 08 18 XSCF uboot SCF board boot factor 4040 DDR Real size 512 MB DDR 480 MB 01950000 Apr 15 2007 11 08 18 XSCF BOOT STOP recover by NFB OFF ON 136 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 restoredefaults 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 137 restoredefaults 8 138 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXIT STATUS
292. owing two formats Specifies executing snapshot in SSH target mode using the value for user host directory previously set using setarchiving 8 Can be used with the D option to substitute an alternative value for directory Note The user must create the target directory on the remote host snapshot does not create the target directory t Sets the network host and remote directory for data user host directory destination The host field specifies the host name or IP address of the network host The user field specifies the user name for the ssh login to the archive host The directory field specifies the archive directory on the archive host where the output file should be stored The directory field must not begin with a or a Note The user must create the target directory on the remote host snapshot does not create the target directory v Specifies verbose output Displays all actions and commands as they are executed If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored Note You may not have the required privileges to run all the commands that are executed by the snapshot configuration file If this occurs you will see error messages indicating these operations are not permitted y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts 436 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES snapshot 8 Modes of Operatio
293. ox983392 frutree chassis iox983392 frutree chassis iox983392 frutree chassis iox983392 frutree chassis iox983392 frutree chassis iox983392 container frutree chassis iox983392 iou0 IOU slot3 LINK fru Label Label Label Label Label Label Label Label Label Label L IOX XCX031 L IOX XCX031 L IOX XCX031 L IOX XCX031 IOX XCX031 IOX XCX031 L IOX XCX031 IOX XCX031 L IOX XCX031 frutree chassis MBU B container frutree chassis MBU_B CPUM 0 CPUM frutree chassis MBU_B CPUM 1 CPUM frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 frutree chassis MBU B CPUM 1 CPUM frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB frutree chassis MBU_B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 0 MEM container container container fru container fru container L IOX XCX031 frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 1 MEM container frutree chassis MBU_B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 2 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 3 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 4 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 5 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 6 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 7 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 frutree chassis MBU B MEMB frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB fru IOX container TITOX ps0 TOX ps0 A195 container TOX
294. pany de com 60 Set None None EXAMPLE 4 Setting the LDAP Server XSCF gt setldap s ldap company com 1daps company2 com XSCF gt showldap Bind Name Base Distinguished Name LDAP Search Timeout Bind Password LDAP Servers CERTS user ou people dc company dc com 60 Set ldap company com 389 ldaps company2 com 636 None EXAMPLES Importing a Certificate XSCF gt setldap c userGremote machine path to cacert pem XSCF showldap Bind Name Base Distinguished Name LDAP Search Timeout Bind Password LDAP Servers CERTS user ou people dc company de com 60 Set ldap company com 389 ldaps company2 com 636 cacert pem EXAMPLE6 Testing the LDAP connection XSCF gt setldap t jsmith company com 389 PASSED System Administration 201 setldap 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showldap 8 202 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setlocale 8 setlocale set the default locale of the XSCF setlocale s locale setlocale h The setlocale 8 command sets the default locale of the XSCF The locale that can be set is English or Japanese You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to
295. parator The output can be modified using the C E 1 m del n S or x option You must have auditadm or auditop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported A date time Selects records that occurred at or after date time The date time argument is in local time the A and B options can be used together to form a range Valid values for date time are Absolute date time yyyymmdd hh mm ss where m yyyy year 1970 is the earliest valid value mm month 01 12 a dd day 01 31 a hh hour 00 23 mm minutes 00 59 m ss seconds 00 59 The default value is 00 for hh mm and ss System Administration 459 viewaudit 8 B date time Selects records that occurred before date time The date time argument is in local time the A and B options can be used together to form a range Valid values for date time are either absolute or offset Absolute date time yyyymmdd hh mm ss where yyyy year 1970 is the earliest valid value mm month 01 12 dd day 01 31 hh hour 00 23 mm minutes 00 59 ss seconds 00 59 Offset date time n dihlmis where n number of units d days h hours m minutes s seconds Offset is only available with the B option and must be used with A The default value is 00 for hh mm and ss C Appends the number of records that matched the selection
296. pecified only the downlink card information is displayed See EXAMPLE 4 and EXAMPLE 6 If the verbose option is set v the output includes detailed FRU information See EXAMPLE 5 locator on off target Sets or queries the state of the locator indicator LED Without options locator reports the current state of the LED on the specified FRU If no target is specified locator returns the current state of all locator LEDs A target argument is required when using the option fields on Turns the LED on off Turns the LED off The chassis locator is a white LED If an FRU is specified the FRU yellow service LED is used along with the chassis locator LED Only one FRU can have a location indicator enabled at a time in an External I O Expansion Unit chassis Turning off the chassis locator LED will also turn off the blinking service FRU LED poweroff target Powers down the given FRU and lights appropriate LEDs to indicate the FRU is ready to remove Must be used with the f option Be aware that using f can crash the domain Do not remove both power supply units PSUs in the same External I O Expansion Unit If both PSUs are powered down in this way then the External I O Expansion Unit cannot be turned back on from the command line It must be powered on physically 82 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 ioxadm 8 Note When a power supply is powered o
297. perand is supported type EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Specifies the one of the type of information to be displayed The following types can be specified If this type setting is omitted intake temperature and humidity information about the system is displayed temp Displays temperature information volt Displays voltage information Fan Displays fan speed information Displays the intake temperature and humidity of the system on the M8000 M9000 servers XSCF gt showenvironment Temperature 30 71C Humidity 90 05 EXAMPLE 2 Displays temperature information about the system and each component on the M8000 server XSCF gt showenvironment temp Temperature 30 71C CMU 0 30 CMU 2 30 CPUM 0 C Q PUM 1 C Q PUM 2 C SELE 71C HIP 0 HIP 0 HIP 0 HIP 0 HIP 0 HIP 0 HIP 0 HIP 0 WAG HIP 0 HIP 0 HIP 0 30 TE 30 71C 30 71C 30 TIE 130 FL 30 TYE 30 71C 30 71C 30 71C P2067 LE 30 TLE 338 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 CMU 3 30 71C 3 8 8 amp showenvironment 8 EXAMPLE 3 Displays voltage information about each component on the M4000 server XSCF gt showenvironment volt MBU_A 1 0V Power Supply Group 1 1 8V Power Supply Group 1 CPUM 0 CHIP 0 1 0V Power Supply Group CPUM 1 CHIP O 1 0V Power Supply Group MEMB 0 1 2V Powe
298. perational mode of CPU When you specified cpumode on the M3000 server it results in an error When diag is specified for function any of the following can be specified for mode Note This function cannot be specified for the domain which is powered on none No diagnosis is performed min Sets standard for the diagnostic level max Sets maximum for the diagnostic level When secure is specified for function one of the following can be specified for mode The setting will be reflected after domain power on or restart on Enables the host watchdog and suppress break signal reception off Disables the host watchdog and suppress break signal reception When autoboot is specified for function one of the following can be specified for mode The setting will be reflected after domain power on or restart on Enables the Auto boot function off Disables the Auto boot function System Administration 171 setdomainmode 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION co ntinued When cpumode is specified for function one of the following can be specified for mode Note This function cannot be specified for the domain which is powered on auto Automatically determines the operational mode of CPU at domain startup Depending on the CPU configuration on the domain any of the following CPU operational mode is set m Consists only of SPARC64 VII processors SPARC64 VII enhanced mode m SPARC64 VII and VI processors mixed SPARC6
299. platop fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain id Specifies only one ID of the domain to which to connect to a domain console domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration f Forcibly connects to a writable console The currently connected writable console is disconnected Only users who belong to the platadm or domainadm privilege can specify this option h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts System Administration 31 console 8 r Sets up a connection to a read only console s escapeChar Specifies an escape character The default is The character specified for escapeChar must be enclosed in double quotation The following symbols can be specified for escapeChar nyn ngot AM non non ngn non on om ony 1 e 1 1 amp yo 7 fo TG Sh Specified escape character is available only in the session that executed the console 8 command mon y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts EXTENDED m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command mon DESCRIPTION with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execu
300. pped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 12241827 11 3 MiB TX bytes 1189769 0 9 MiB Base address 0x1000 xscf 0 lan 1 Link encap Ethernet Hwaddr 00 00 00 12 34 57 inet addr 192 168 10 11 Bcast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 20241827 19 3 MiB TX bytes 2089769 1 9 MiB Base address 0x1000 xscf 0 if Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 00 00 00 00 00 inet addr 192 168 10 128 Bcast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 0 0 0 B TX bytes 17010 16 6 KiB Base address 0x1000 xscf 1 lan 0 System Administration 389 shownetwork 8 HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 59 inet addr 192 168 10 12 Mask 255 255 255 0 xscf 1 lan 1 HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 60 xscf 1 if HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 61 XSCF gt EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO applynetwork 8 setnetwork 8 390 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DES
301. program You can download the latest files of firmware at the following websites Global Site http www fujitsu com sparcenterprise firmware Japanese Site http primeserver fujitsu com sparcenterprise download firmware The following files or document are provided i Firmware program file XSCF Control Package XCP file ii XSCF extension MIB definition file Note XSCF Control Package XCP XCP is a package which has the control programs of hardware that configures a computing system The XSCF firmware and the OpenBoot PROM firmware are included in the XCP file c Fault Management MIB SUN FM MIB definition file http src opensolaris org source xref onnv onnv gate usr src lib fm libfmd snmp mibs 6 Solaris Operating System Related Manuals http docs sun com 7 Provided in firmware program CD For maintenance service lt for FEs gt a Firmware program file XSCF Control Package XCP file Preface xiii b XSCF extension MIB definition file 8 Information on Using the RCI function The manual does not contain an explanation of the RCI build procedure For information on using the RCI function refer to the SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers RCI Build Procedure and SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers RCI User s Guide available on the website Glossary For the terms used in the SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers Documentation on page x refer to
302. ptember 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION showdevices 8 showdevices display current information on an eXtended System Board XSB showdevices v p bydevice byboard query force xsb showdevices v p bydevice byboard da domain id showdevices h The showdevices 8 command displays the information of the physical devices configured on XSB and their available resources of these devices The information of available resources can be obtained for the devices managed by the operating system The command can also display in advance whether the XSB can be disconnected from the domain using the dynamic reconfiguration DR function The following types of information are displayed Common DID XSB CPU id state speed ecache MEMORY board mem perm mem base address domain mem Domain ID XSB number processor ID status of processor CPU frequency MHz CPU external cache size MB Size of memory mounted on the XSB MB Size of memory that mounted and cannot be relocated on the XSB MB Physical address of memory mounted on the XSB Size of memory on the domain MB System Administration 317 showdevices 8 Privileges OPTIONS When memory is being disconnected the following items are displayed target XSB XSB number at the move destination deleted mem Size of memory which was already deleted MB remaining mem Size of remaining memory to be deleted
303. r Supply Group 1 1 8V Power Supply Group 1 2 5V Power Supply Group 2 MEMB 1 1 2V Power Supply Group 1 1 8V Power Supply Group 1 2 5V Power Supply Group 2 MEMB 2 1 2V Power Supply Group 1 1 8V Power Supply Group 1 2 5V Power Supply Group 2 MEMB 3 1 2V Power Supply Group 1 1 8V Power Supply Group 1 2 5V Power Supply Group 2 IOU 0 010V 700V 1 000V 1 000V 200V 700V 500V 200V 700V 500V 200V 700V 500V 200V 700V 500V System Administration 339 showenvironment 8 1 0V Power Supply Group 1 020V 1 2V Power Supply Group 1 180V 1 5V Power Supply Group 1 500V 1 8V Power Supply Group 1 850V 2 5V Power Supply Group 2 510V 3 3V Power Supply Group 3 300V 5 0V Power Supply Group 5 000V 12V Power Supply Group 12 000V Kee kK k k k k KK 12V Power Supply Group 12 000V FANBP 3 3V Power Supply Group 3 300V 5 0V Power Supply Group 5 010V 12V Power Supply Group 12 020V KO KK KK 12V Power Supply Group 12 030V EXAMPLE 4 Displays the fan speed information on the M5000 server XSCF gt showenvironment Fan FAN A 0 Low speed FAN A 0 4101rpm FAN A 1 Low speed FAN A 1 4101rpm FAN A 2 Low speed FAN A 2 4177rpm FAN A 3 Low speed FAN A 3 4101rpm PSU 0 PSU 0 Low speed PSU 0 3879rpm PSU 0 3835rpm PSU 1 PSU 1 Low speed PSU 1 3924rpm PSU 1 3970rpm 340 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Rev
304. r mode Specify this option when sb is specified for device Specify y to enable mirror mode otherwise specify n If the m option is omitted the previous setting is inherited x 114 Specifies whether to configure PSB as a Uni XSB or Quad XSB Specify this option when sb is specified for device Specify 1 for Uni XSB or specify 4 for Quad XSB If the x option is omitted the previous setting is inherited System Administration 271 setupfru 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported device Specifies the device to be set up Only the following device can be specified sb Physical system board PSB location Specifies the location of the device sb Integer from 0 15 Specify only one location EXTENDED m In the M8000 M9000 server the Quad XSB configuration cannot be set in DESCRIPTION memory mirror mode m To set up an already mounted PSB again all XSBs comprising the target PSB must have been disconnected from the domain configuration and placed under the system board pool See the deleteboard 8 command for information on how to disconnect XSBs from the domain configuration m The configuration of the PSB varies according to the system as shown below m In the M8000 M9000 servers the PSB consists of one CPU memory board unit and one I O unit in combination m In the M4000 M5000 servers the PSB consists of one CPU module and one memory module logically divided into two on the motherboard unit and one I O module
305. r on The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE3 Turns on power to domains with domain IDs 0 Automatically replies with y 108 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO poweron 8 to the prompt XSCF gt poweron y d 0 DomainIDs to power on 00 Continue y n y 00 Powering on Note p This command only issues the instruction to power on rhe result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power XSCF gt EXAMPLE 4 Turns on power to domains with domain IDs 1 Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt poweron q y d 1 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred poweroff 8 reset 8 showdomainstatus 8 System Administration 109 poweron 8 110 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES prtfru 8 prtfru display FRUID data on the system and External I O Expansion Unit prtfru c 1 M x container prtfru h prtfru is used to obtain Field Replaceable Unit Identifier FRUID data from the system and External I O Expansion Unit Its output is a tree structure echoing the path in the FRU tree to each container When a container is found the data from that
306. received 44MB received 45MB received Download successful 46827 Kbytes in 109 secs 430 094 Kbytes sec Checking file MD5 e619e6da367c888507427e58cdb8e0a4 The following exit values are returned Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred flashupdate 8 System Administration 77 getflashimage 8 78 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges ioxadm 8 ioxadm manage External I O Expansion Units ioxadm f p v M env e 1 t target sensors ioxadm p v M list target ioxadm p v locator on off target ioxadm p v M poweroff target ioxadm p v M poweron target ioxadm f p v M reset target ioxadm f p v M setled on offlslow fast target led type ioxadm h ioxadm 8 manages External 1 O Expansion Units and link cards attached to the system The ioxadm 8 command is not available on the M3000 server For this utility an operand with parameters and a target device must both be specified The target device can be a downlink card mounted in a built in PCI slot in the host system an External I O Expansion Unit or a field replaceable unit FRU in an External I O Expansion Unit The downlink card is identified by a string which identifies the host path to the card An uplink card is an FRU in the I O boa
307. red ACS 3 FEP type A1 Case where the v option is specified Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type A1 Diagnostic Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX UUID bf36f0ea 9e47 42b5 fc6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 System Administration 367 showlogs 8 Case where the V option is specified Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type Al Diagnostic Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX UUID bf36f0ea 9e47 42b5 fc6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 Diagnostic Messages Case where the S option is specified Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type Al Diagnostic Code XXXKXKXK XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX UUID bf36f0ea 9e47 42b5 fc6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 Detail log SCAN MINOR RC 2K 0000 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX 0010 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
308. rivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported value Specifies the CHECK LED state One of the following can be specified blink Starts the CHECK LED blinking reset Stops the CHECK LED blinking The showlocator 8 command can be used to check the CHECK LED state EXAMPLE 1 Starts the CHECK LED blinking XSCF gt setlocator blink EXAMPLE 2 Stops the CHECK LED blinking XSCF gt setlocator reset System Administration 205 setlocator 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showlocator 8 206 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS setlookup 8 setlookup enable or disable the use of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP server for authentication and privilege lookup setlookup a locallldap setlookup p local ldap setlookup h setlookup 8 sets whether authentication and privileges data are looked up in LDAP or not You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Sets the authentication lookup Used with one of the required operands ldap
309. rmation for a System XSCF gt showsnmpusm Username Auth Protocol jsmith SHA sue MD5 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setsnmpusm 8 System Administration 415 showsnmpusm 8 416 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS showsnmpvacm 8 showsnmpvacm display the current View based Access Control Access VACM information for the SNMP agent showsnmpvacm showsnmpvacm h showsnmpvacm 8 displays the current VACM information for the SNMP agent You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displaying SNMP Information for a System XSCF gt showsnmpvacm Groups Groupname Username admin jsmith bob Views View Subtree Mask Type all view 1 PE include Access View Group all_view admin The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administration 417 showsnmpvacm 8 SEE ALSO setsnmpvacm 8 418 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showssh 8 showssh display the status host public keys fingerprint or user public k
310. rompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command System Administration 17 applynetwork 8 EXAMPLES Unless all of the host name DNS domain name IP address net mask and routing settings have been made on the target interface it results in errors Please execute the sethostname 8 and setnetwork 8 command to set all items then reexecute the applynetwork 8 command To set to multiple interfaces all of the host name DNS domain name IP address and net mask settings need to be set on every interface In these interfaces if any of these setting items omitted it results in errors To specify a host name use the sethostname 8 command To specify an IP address and net mask use the setnetwork 8 command When the status is down in all network interfaces it results in errors On the M8000 M9000 servers when you set different netmask in the following interfaces it results in errors a xscf 0 lan 0 xscf 1 lan 0 lan 0 a xscf 0 lan 1 xscf 1 lan 1 lan 1 a xscf 0 if xscf 1 if EXAMPLE 1 Reflects the information that has been set for the XSCF network On the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers XSCF gt applynetwork The following network settings will be applied xscf 0 hostname hostname 0 DNS domain name example com nameserver 10 23 4 3 interface xscf O lan 0 status up IP address 10 24 144 214 netmask 255 5255 25550
311. routing of destination 192 168 1 4 from XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c del n 192 168 1 4 xscf 0 lan 1 EXAMPLE7 Adds routing information for the default gateway 192 168 10 1 for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 0 0 0 0 g 192 168 10 1 xscf 0 lan 1 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred applynetwork 8 rebootxscf 8 showroute 8 234 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setshutdowndelay 8 setshutdowndelay set the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the uninterruptible power supply UPS setshutdowndelay s time setshutdowndelay h The setshutdowndelay 8 command sets the wait time before the start of system shutdown for when power interruption occurs in a system connected to the UPS The start of system shutdown can be delayed until the specified time When power recovery is reported from the UPS within the specified time shutdown will not occur You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s time Specifies the wait time before the start of shutdown i
312. rs The following operands are supported user Specifies a valid user name The name of the user account to be deleted EXAMPLE1 Deleting a User XSCF gt deleteuser jsmith The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred adduser 8 disableuser 8 enableuser 8 System Administration 41 deleteuser 8 42 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO disableuser 8 disableuser disable an XSCF user account disableuser user disableuser h disableuser 8 disables a local XSCF user account for subsequent logins Current sessions are not affected When an account is disabled it cannot be used for login This applies to console serial and telnet connections as well as the Secure Shell SSH XSCF Web login is also disabled All local XSCF account data associated with the user remains on the system This includes password and SSH keys You can reenable a disabled account using enableuser 8 You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported user Specifies a valid user name of the user account to be disabled EXAMPL
313. s XSCF Reference Manual October 2008 NAME DESCRIPTION LIST OF COMMANDS Intro 8 Intro list the commands provided by the XSCF firmware Intro 8 command lists the commands provided by the XSCF firmware of the M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers Some commands are used in a different way or not supported on your server For details refer to the pages of each command In XSCF the following commands are provided Intro intro addboard addcodlicense addfru adduser applynetwork cfgdevice clockboard console deleteboard deletecodlicense deletefru deleteuser disableuser dumpconfig enableuser exit flashupdate fmadm list the commands provided by the XSCF firmware configure an eXtended System Board XSB into the domain configuration or assigns it to the domain configuration add a Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU license key to the COD license database add a Field Replaceable Unit FRU create an XSCF user account reflect the information that has been set for the XSCF network connect a CD RW DVD RW and TAPE drive unit to the port disconnect it from the port or display the status of the drive set or display the clock control unit used at system startup connect to a domain console disconnect an eXtended System Board XSB from the domain configuration remove a Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU license key from the COD license database delete a Fiel
314. s filter uninstalled 1000m The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred showaltitude 8 142 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setarchiving 8 setarchiving configure the log archiving functionality setarchiving k host key 1 audit limit non audit limit p password r t user host directory v y n setarchiving enable disable setarchiving h setarchiving 8 manages the log archiving configuration Persistent storage space on the Service Processor is limited Some logs may grow to the point where old log entries must be overwritten or deleted Log archiving allows the user to set up the Service Processor to automatically archive its log data on a remote host Note You must set up the archive host correctly prior to enabling the log archiving feature See EXAMPLE 1 If you attempt to enable archiving while the configuration is invalid for example if the specified archive host does not exist setarchiving exits with an error message setarchiving exits with an error message if you request invalid configuration changes while archiving is enabled Note setarchiving 8 requires at least one option or operand You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 143 setarchivi
315. se y n y EXAMPLE3 Specifying a Netmask Address With q and y Options XSCF gt setdscp q y i 10 1 1 0 m 255 255 255 0 EXAMPLE 4 Setting DSCP Addresses Using Interactive Mode The default value displayed by each prompt in interactive mode matches the previous configuration This makes it possible to interactively review and modify DSCP configuration In this example you only input the network address portion and then press the Enter key to accept all subsequent settings XSCF gt setdscp DSCP network 0 0 0 0 gt 10 1 1 0 DSCP netmask 255 0 0 0 gt 255 255 255 0 XSCF address 10 1 1 1 gt Enter Domain 00 address 10 1 1 2 gt Enter Domain 01 address 10 1 51 3 Enter Domain 02 address 10 1 1 4 Enter Domain 03 address 10 1 1 5 Enter Domain 04 address 10 1 1 6 Enter Domain 05 address 10 15137 Enter Domain 06 address 10 1 1 8 Enter Domain 07 address 10 1 1 9 gt Enter Domain 08 address 10 1 1 10 gt Enter Domain 09 address LO eT gt Enter Domain 10 address 10 1 1 12 gt Enter System Administration 183 setdscp 8 Domain 11 address 10 1 1 13 Enter Domain 12 address 10 1 1 14 Enter Domain 13 address 10 11715 gt Enter Domain 14 address 10 1 1 16 gt Enter Domain 15 address TOURIST gt Enter Domain 16 address 10 1 1 18 gt Enter Domain 17 address LOI 9 gt Enter Domain 18 addr
316. se Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setdomainmode 8 setdomainmode set the modes of operation for the specified domain setdomainmode a y n d domain id m function mode setdomainmode h setdomainmode 8 sets the modes of operation for the specified domain The modes of operation for the specified domain include the following types Diagnostics OpenBoot PROM diagnostic levels The default is standard Level Secure Mode Whether to enable or disable the host watchdog and suppress break signal reception The default of the host watchdog is enable and suppress break signal reception is enable Autoboot Whether to enable or disable the auto boot function used at domain startup The default is enable CPU Mode Way of determining the CPU operational mode mounted on the domain The CPU operational mode can be automatically determined at domain startup auto or manually set to the compatible mode compatible The default is to let it automatically determined at domain startup On the M3000 server you cannot specify CPU Mode The CPU operational mode includes the following two types SPARC64 VII enhanced mode Operates using the enhanced functions of SPARC64 VII processor This mode is set to the domain consists only of SPARC64 VII processors and when the CPU operational mode determined automatically SPARC64 VI compatible mode All th
317. servers and ports servers is a comma separated list of server port Ports are specified numerically and servers can be specified either by name or IP address in the dotted decimal format For example 10 8 31 14 636 company 636 The first server in the list is the primary Server names must be resolvable Maximum name length is 128 characters t user Tests connections to all configured LDAP servers Attempts to retrieve the password data for the specified user from each configured server and reports success or failure in each case T timeout Sets the maximum time allowed for an LDAP search before it returns search results EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Configuring Bind Name XSCF gt setldap b user p Password lt Enter password gt XSCF gt showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguished Name Not set LDAP Search Timeout 0 Bind Password Set LDAP Servers None CERTS None EXAMPLE2 Configuring Base Distinguished Name XSCF gt setldap B ou people dc company dc com XSCF gt showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguished Name ou people dc company dc com LDAP Search Timeout 0 Bind Password Set LDAP Servers None CERTS None 200 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setldap 8 EXAMPLE3 Setting the LDAP Timeout XSCF gt setldap T 60 XSCF gt showldap Bind Name Base Distinguished Name LDAP Search Timeout Bind Password LDAP Servers CERTS user ou people dc com
318. serves disconnection of XSB 00 0 01 0 02 0 and 03 0 XSCF gt deleteboard c reserve 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred addboard 8 moveboard 8 replacefru 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8 System Administration 35 deleteboard 8 36 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES deletecodlicense 8 deletecodlicense remove a Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU license key from the COD license database deletecodlicense f license signature deletecodlicense h The deletecodlicense 8 command removes the specified COD RTU license key from the COD license database on the Service Processor The deletecodlicense 8 command is not available on the M3000 server For further information about COD RTU license keys refer to the Administration Guide The system checks the number of COD RTU licenses against the number of COD CPUs in use If the license removal will result in an insufficient number of COD RTU licenses with respect to the CPU in use the system does not delete the license key from the COD RTU license database If you still want to delete the COD RTU license key you must reduce the number of COD CPUs in use Power off the appr
319. session timeout time of the XSCF shell the time is default XSCF gt showautologout 10min The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setautologout 8 System Administration 289 showautologout 8 290 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION showboards 8 showboards display information on an eXtended System Board XSB showboards v a c sp showboards v d domain id c sp showboards v xsb showboards h The showboards 8 command displays information on XSBs This command displays information on XSBs currently configured in or assigned to a domain and information on all mounted XSBs If a domain is specified the command displays only information defined with the corresponding domain component list DCL The following types of information are displayed XSB XSB number The format of the displayed number is as follows AY x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 DID Domain ID One of the following is displayed 00 23 Domain ID to which the XSB is assigned SP This is displayed if the XSB does not belong to any domain but is located in the system board pool Other This is displayed if the XSB belongs to a domain to which no user privilege has been granted LSB Logical system board LSB number defined for the domain The displayed number is an integer r
320. showlookup Privileges lookup Local only Authentication lookup Local and LDAP The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setlookup 8 System Administration 379 showlookup 8 380 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS showmonitorlog 8 showmonitorlog display the contents of monitoring messages in real time showmonitorlog showmonitorlog h The showmonitorlog 8 command displays the contents of monitoring messages in real time When executed the showmonitorlog 8 command will not terminate in order to display the monitoring message log and the XSCF shell is occupied for the display When a monitoring message is registered the contents of the message are displayed To stop the real time display press the Ctrl and C key combination You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 Displays the contents of a monitoring message in real time XSCF gt showmonitorlog Apr 13 12 32 16 XXXXX Alarm CMU 1 CMU 0 DDC 0 ANALYZE SC IOU I F fatal error 0x00000000 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administr
321. ss Displayed in hexadecimal notation System Administration 369 showlogs 8 370 m Power log Date Mar 30 17 Mar 30 17 Mar 30 17 Mar 30 17 Date Event Event Cause DID Switch 2 25 31 JST 2005 System Power Off Power Failure Service 2 35 31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored Locked 2 45 31 JST 2005 Domain Power On Panel 00 Locked 50 31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 10 Service Log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time Power status One of the following states is displayed Domain Power Domain Power System Power System Power SCF Reset Domain Reset XIR On Off On Off The domain power is on The domain power is off The system power is on The system power is off XSCF is in the reset state The domain is in the reset state The domain CPU is in the reset state SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 showlogs 8 Cause Factor that caused this Status One of the following factors is displayed Self Reset Power On System Reset Panel Scheduled RCI AC Restored Operator Poweron Restart Power Failure SW Request Alarm Fatal Panic DID Domain ID domain_id can be 00 23 depending on the system configuration Switch Status of the mode switch of the operator panel One of the following states are displayed Locked Normal operation mod
322. stration 217 setntp 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 218 EXAMPLES The following operands are supported address Specifies the IP address or host name of an NTP server to be added or deleted Up to three IP addresses or XSCF host names can be specified by delimited the spaces A specified IP address is a set of four integer values delimited by the period The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer Do not use the Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN format to specify an XSCF host name but specify only a host name The host name can be specified in the format that complies with RFC 1034 If c add is specified and address is omitted an error occurs If multiple NTP servers are specified the NTP server specified first has priority over the others In the M8000 M9000 servers the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there s a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error To apply the specified configuration execute the rebootxscf 8 command and reset XSCF After resetting the XSCF the time of XSCF will be synchronized with the time of NTP server When an NTP server set to XSCF the time of the domain may be changed If necessary set the time of the domain The currently set NTP server can be checked by using the showntp 8 command EXAMPLE1 Adds the three NTP servers with the addr
323. t You must have one of the following privileges to run these commands Required Privileges Operands platop env list platadm env list locator poweroff poweron fieldeng All operands Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 79 ioxadm 8 OPTIONS OPERANDS The following options are supported f h Forces command execution by ignoring warnings Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command Parsable output Suppresses headers in display output Fields are separated by single tabs Specifies verbose output Refer to specific operands for details The following operands are supported env elt target sensors Displays a summary of an External I O Expansion Unit or link card s environmental state E c Displays electrical states measured voltage current fan speed switch settings a l Displays LED states a t Displays thermal readings If no target is specified env displays a list of all sensors for all External I O Expansion Units If target specifies a box_id env displays a list of sensor readings for all frus in the specified External I O Expansion Unit and the attached downlink cards If target is in the form of box_id followed by fru then only environmentals from that FRU will be printed If an optional va
324. t 8 sethostname 8 sethttps 8 setnameserver 8 setnetwork 8 setntp 8 setprivileges 8 setsmtp 8 setssh 8 setroute 8 settimezone 8 System Administration 277 setupplatform 8 278 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showaltitude 8 showaltitude display the altitude of the system and whether the air filter installed showaltitude showaltitude h The showaltitude 8 command displays the current settings for the altitude of the system and whether the air filter installed Whether the air filter installed is displayed on the M4000 M5000 servers only The displayed altitude value is a multiple of 100 meters You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement m The air filter is displayed only when it is installed If the filter is not installed nothing is displayed m The setaltitude 8 command sets the altitude of the system and whether or not the air filter installed EXAMPLE 1 Displays the altitude of the system XSCF showaltitude 1000m EXAMPLE 2 Displays the altitude of the M4000 M5000 servers with the air filter installed XSCF gt showaltitude 1000m Filter is installed The following ex
325. t nslookup scf0 hostname0 Server server example com Address XxX XX XX XX Name scf0 hostname0 example com Address XxX XX XX XX System Administration 95 nslookup 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 96 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges password 8 password manage user passwords and expiration settings password e days date Never i inactive LM maxdays n mindays w warn user password h password 8 changes a user s password and password expiration settings The password is specified in up to 32 characters The following characters are valid 1 abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 2 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPORSTU VWXYZ 3 0123456789 4 1 amp gt lt SPACE When invoked with one or more options password will make changes to the expiration settings of the account See setpasswordpolicy 8 for a description of default values When invoked without options password prompts you to change the account password When invoked without a user operand password operates on the current user account Caution When you change the password for another user by using the user operand the system password policy is not enforced The user operand is intended only for creating a new user s initial password or replacing a
326. t Mode if k is not specified public The specified public key is used for server authentication The host key argument should be the complete public key of the network host beginning with key type the complete contents of etc ssh ssh_host_rsa_key pub on the network host Note The public key should be enclosed in quotes to ensure that the shell treats it as a single word Specifies which set of logs will be collected F Full log set I Initial log set R Root Cause log set If no log set is specified the Initial log set is collected by default Specifies collecting only log files Does not collect command output Automatically answers n no to all prompts System Administration 435 snapshot 8 P password Used with the e option sets the encryption password used for encrypting the output file p password Specifies the user password used to log in to the host using SSH This option is valid with the t option not with the d or T options q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts S time Specifies the start time for the time period for which data is collected Used with the E time option for the end time defines the period of time for which log messages are collected by snapshot If no end time is specified the target time period ends at the time the snapshot command is launched Refer also to the description of the E option time Interpreted using strptime 3 using one of the foll
327. t Saving Time information h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m standard custom Specifies the Daylight Saving Time information to be displayed Either of the following can be specified If the m option omitted it is regarded as m custom specified standard Displays the Daylight Saving Time information that has been set in the current time zone by default custom Displays the Daylight Saving Time information that you set by using the sett imezone 8 command If the Daylight Saving Time is not set nothing displayed EXTENDED m The Daylight Saving Time information is displayed in the following format DESCRIPTION a When specified custom std offset dst offset2 from date time to date time std Abbreviations of time zone System Administration 427 showtimezone 8 428 offset dst offset2 from date time Offset time of time zone and Greenwich mean time GMT Displayed in minus in case the offset is plus and displayed in plus in case the offset is minus Name of Daylight Saving Time Offset time of Daylight Saving Time and Greenwich mean time GMT mon Displayed in minus in case the offset is plus and displayed in plus in case the offset is minus The starting time of Daylight Saving Time Any of the following formats displays from date Mm w d Mm Shows the month when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numer
328. t name to be displayed One of the following values can be specified If xscfu is specified with the a option xscfu is ignored xscf 0 XSCF unit 0 xscf 1 XSCF unit 1 In the M8000 M9000 servers m In the M8000 M9000 servers a defect occurred on standby XSCF unit shows a message m The sethostname 8 command sets a host name for an XSCF unit EXAMPLE1 Displays the current host names for all XSCF units XSCF gt showhostname a xscf 0 scfO hostname example com xscf 1 scfl hostname example com System Administration 353 showhostname 8 EXAMPLE 2 Displays the host name for XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt showhostname xscf 0 xscf 0 scfO hostname example com EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO sethostname 8 354 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES showhttps 8 showhttps display the status of the HTTPS service set for the XSCF network showhttps showhttps h The showhttps 8 command displays the status of the HTTPS service currently set for the XSCF network With this command whether the HTTPS service is operating and the installation status of the information that is necessary for authentication can be checked If it is installed the installation date is also displayed The following states
329. tarting a domain with no I O unit the disable may be displayed enable Yes disable No up down Logical connection between I O unit and the system up Connected down Not connected Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported c attach c detach h baa a p port no q y Connects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to the specified port Disconnects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit from the specified port Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays the current status of the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit currently set up Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command mon Automatically answers n no to all prompts Specifies the number of the port in the specified domain to which the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit is to be connected port no can be specified in the IOU number PCI slot number format The p option cannot be omitted Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts moun Automatically answers y yes to all prompts EXTENDED m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command DESCRIPTION with the specified options is disp
330. te the command or n to cancel the command m The domain console regards used at the beginning of a line as an escape character An escape character is specified to instruct the console to perform special processing Examples of processing that can be specified in combination with are as follows and 2 Outputs a status message and period Disconnects the console m To enter at the beginning of a line enter twice m To display information on the currently connected domain console use the showconsolepath 8 command EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO sendbreak 8 showconsolepath 8 32 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges deleteboard 8 deleteboard disconnect an eXtended System Board XSB from the domain configuration deleteboard a y n f v c disconnect xsb xsb deleteboard a y n f v c unassign xsb xsb deleteboard a y n L v c reserve xsb xsb deleteboard h The deleteboard 8 command disconnects an XSB from the domain configuration in which it has been configured The deleteboard 8 command is not available on the M3000 server One of the following disconnection methods can be specified disconnect Disconnects the XSB from the domain configura
331. ted The initial value is 1 A value of 1 means that the account will not be locked after the password expires Valid values are integers with value of 1 or greater System Administration 221 setpasswordpolicy 8 k difok 1 Icredit M maxdays m minlen n mindays o ocredit r remember Sets the minimum number of new characters characters which were not present in the old password that a new password must contain The initial setting is 3 Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater Sets the maximum credit for lower case letters in a password The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each digit in the password up to Icredit digits Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater The initial setting is 1 Sets the maximum number of days that a password is valid This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 999999 Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater Sets the minimum size for a new password Note minlen cannot be set less than 6 Valid values are integers with value of 6 or greater Sets the minimum number of days between password changes An initial value of zero for this field indicates that you can change the password at any time Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater Sets the maximum credit for nonalphanumeric characters in a password The minimum acceptable password l
332. the SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Glossary Abbreviated References to Other Documents In this manual the following abbreviated titles may be used when referring to a systems manual The following table lists the abbreviations used in this manual Abbreviated Title Full Title Overview Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Overview Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Overview Guide SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Overview Guide Service Manual SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Service Manual SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Service Manual SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Service Manual Installation Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Installation Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Installation Guide SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Installation Guide Administration Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Administration Guide xiv SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual October 2008 Abbreviated Title Full Title XSCF User s Guide XSCF Reference Manual Dynamic Reconfiguration User s Guide or DR User s Guide COD User s Guide Glossary SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Dynamic Reconfiguration DR User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M
333. the XSCF unit The domainname is specified in up to 254 characters with the hostname included with label elements delimited by a period If a domain name exceeding 254 characters is specified an error occurs A label element can contain alphanumeric characters and Each label element must always begin with an alphabetic character and end with an alphanumeric character If localdomain specified an error occurs h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 191 sethostname 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO The following operands are supported hostname Specifies a host name to be set for the XSCF unit The hostname is specified in up to 64 characters not in Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN but in an abbreviated form If a host name exceeding 64 characters is specified an error occurs Alphanumeric character and can be used However a host name must always begin with an alphabetic character and end with an alphanumeric character If localhost specified an error occurs xscfu Specifies the name of the XSCF unit to be set The following values can be specified depending on the system configuration If no value is specified an error occurs xscf 0 XSCF unit 0 xscf 1 XSCF unit 1 In the M8000 M9000 servers m To reflect the host name and the DNS domain name to XSCF execute the applynetwork 8 command
334. the following examples are examples only EXAMPLE1 Displaying a Table of All DSCP IP Addresses XSCF gt showdscp DSCP Configuration Network 10 1 1 0 Netmask 255 255 255 0 Location Address XSCF LO sk Domain 00 1021212 Domain 01 Toz T133 Domain 02 10 1 1 4 Domain 03 10 1 1 5 Domain 04 TOL L Domain 05 TOI Domain 06 10 1 1 8 Domain 07 LO 11 9 Domain 08 10 1 1 10 Domain 09 10 121 02 Domain 10 LO LA 330 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2008 Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain EXAMPLE 2 11 0 12 0 3 10 14 0 15 0 6 10 1 7 10 1 18 0 19 0 20 10 1 1 21 10 1 1 22 10 1 1I 23 10 1 1 Displaying a Specific Domain s IP Address 1 20 l 21 sl 23 24 WAS XSCF gt showdscp d 1 Domain 01 Address EXAMPLE 3 XSCF gt showdscp p d 1 Domain 1 EXAMPLE 4 XSCF gt showdscp p Network LOIJI 3 showdscp 8 Displaying a Specific Domain s IP Address in a Parsable Form 1011 3 Displaying All DSCP Address Information In a Parsable Form 1 0 1 51 0 Netmask 255 255 255 0 XSCF Domain 1 Domain 2 Domain 3 Domain 4 Domain 5 Domain 0 10 1 1 1 System Administration 331 showdscp 8 Domain 6 TOI Domain 7 i 6 ons bao at Domain 8 TOI oh 10 Domain 9 10 1 1 1
335. the following when the v option is specified Licensed The domain COD CPU has a COD RTU license and is in use Unlicensed A COD RTU license for the domain COD CPU could not be obtained and it is not in use Unused The COD CPU is not in use Users with platform administrator privileges can view both resource and domain usage summaries Users with domain administrator privileges can view only the domain usage summaries for which they have privileges and a report of unused licenses EXAMPLE 1 Displaying COD Usage by Resource XSCF gt showcodusage p resource Resource EXAMPLE 2 In Use Installed Licensed Status 4 4 16 OK 12 available Displaying COD Usage by Domain XSCF gt showcodusage p domains Domain Resource In Use Installed Reserved 0 PROC 4 4 0 1 PROC 4 4 0 2 PROC 4 4 0 3 PROC 4 4 0 4 PROC 0 0 0 Unused PROC 0 0 12 EXAMPLE3 Displaying COD Usage by Resource and Domain M8000 Server With CMU00 System Administration 303 showcodusage 8 Quad XSB CMU02 Uni XSB XSCF gt showcodusage v Resource In Use Installed Licensed Status PROC 0 8 0 OK 0 available Headroom 2 Domain Resource In Use Installed Reserved Status 0 PROC 0 8 0 00 0 PROC 0 CMUOO CPUO Unused 00 1 PROC 0 CMU00 CPU1 Unused 00 2 PROC 0 CMU00 CPU2 Unused 00 3 PROC 0 CMU00 CPU3 Unused 02 0 PROC 0 4 CMUO2 CPUO Unused CMU02 CPU1 Unused CMU02 CPU2 Unused CMU02 CPU3 Unused 1 PROC 0 0 0
336. the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command The setssh 8 command can register one user public key at a time In time of setssh 8 command execution finish the input of user public key by pressing Enter and then pressing Ctrl and D EOF In case the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there is a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error and the setting will be reflected to the active XSCF only The information which has been set will be reflected by using the rebootxscf 8 command to reset XSCF The current SSH service settings can be checked by using the showssh 8 command 256 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXAMPLES setssh 8 EXAMPLE 1 Starts the SSH service XSCF gt setssh c enable Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings EXAMPLE 2 Starts the SSH service Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt setssh y c enable Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings mon EXAMPLE 3_ Starts the SSH service Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt setssh q y c enable EXAMPLE 4 Stops the SSH service XSCF gt setssh c disable EXAMPLE5 Generates a host public key for SSH XSCF gt setssh c genhostkey
337. the system the output is a table The table is sorted by numerical domain IDs When displaying IP addresses for a particular domain or just the Service Processor then the output is not a table but simply the IP address of the specified domain or Service Processor The p option can be used to generate parsable output that would then be suitable for use in a script Parsable displays of individual IP addresses exclude any additional labels and only an IPv4 address in dotted decimal form is output The parsable version of tabular output includes only the values no table headings are included and each column is separated by a single tab character You must have one of the following privileges to run this command fieldeng platadm platop Can display any DSCP IP information domainadm domainmgr domainop Can display individual IP addresses for domains for which you have privileges only Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 329 showdscp 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported ddomain_id Displays an individual domain s IP address h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p Generates parsable output s Displays the Service Processor s IP address v Specifies verbose output Prints additional information about internal progress of the program s operations to the screen EXAMPLES Caution The IP addresses shown in
338. ther an operating system in the domain can use memory mounted on an LSB m Using I O devices mounted on an LSB no io The user can specify whether an operating system in the domain can use I O devices such as a PCI card mounted on an LSB System Administration 163 setdcl 8 Privileges OPTIONS m Whether to set a priority for the specified LSB as a floating board relative to other boards float The user can specify whether to set a priority for the specified LSB as a floating board relative to other boards A floating board is used for dynamic reconfiguration DR for purposes such as changing the domain configuration while minimizing effect of DR on the operating system You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Isb xsb d domain id Specifies an XSB number to be associated with an LSB number in the domain The following form can be accepted On the M3000 server you cannot specify this option Isb xsb Isb Specifies an LSB number An integer ranging from 0 to 15 can be specified xsb Specifies an XSB number The following xsb form is accepted x y x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 Isb and xsb can be specified with an equal sign as a delimiter The space character must not be inserted immediately before and after Isb xsb can be repeated multiple times by using a space character
339. tion but keeps it assigned Because the XSB thus remains assigned to the domain configuration it can be configured again in the domain by reboot the domain or execution of the addboard 8 command unassign Completely disconnects the XSB from the main configuration and puts it in the system board pool The XSB in the system board pool can be incorporated into or assigned to other domain configurations reserve Does not immediately disconnects the XSB from the domain configuration but only reserves detachment When the domain power is shut down the reserved XSB is disconnected from the domain configuration and put in the system board pool You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 33 deleteboard 8 OPTIONS OPERANDS The following options are supported c disconnect Detaches the XSB from the domain configuration and keeps it c reset c unassign assigned If the c option is omitted c disconnect is used Reserves disconnect of an XSB If the c option is omitted c disconnect is used Disconnects the XSB completely from the domain configuration and puts it in the system board pool If the c option is omitted c disconnect is used Forcibly detaches the specified XSB Caution If the f option
340. tions or operands an error occurs Displays the address to which email is sent when the local audit storage space usages reaches a threshold 286 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2008 showaudit 8 Displays the policy to follow when the audit trail reaches full capacity Displays the following auditing states m Space consumed by local audit records m Free space remaining for local audit records m Number of audit records dropped since the last boot since the audit trail reached full capacity Displays the thresholds at which to issue warning s about local storage usage OPERANDS The following operands are supported all Displays the following information m Whether the writing of audit trails is set to enable or disable This is the same display that is shown for showaudit when invoked without any options m All the information that would be displayed by invoking showaudit with the options a c all e all g m p s E EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displaying Auditing Status XSCF gt showaudit Auditing enabled EXAMPLE2 Displaying All Class Information For Login Auditing XSCF gt showaudit c LOGIN Events AEV_LOGIN_BUI enabled AEV_LOGIN_CONSOLE enabled AEV_LOGIN_SSH enabled AEV_LOGIN_TELNET enabled AEV_LOGOUT enabled AEV_AUTHENTICATE enabled System Administration 287 showaudit 8 EXAMPLE3 Displaying All Event Information XSCF gt showaudit e
341. to file media usb_msd san ff1 54 cfg done removing temporary file done operation completed Unmounted USB device XSCF gt 48 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 dumpconfig 8 EXAMPLE5 Encrypting and Password Protecting the Configuration XSCF gt dumpconfig v e P kamacuras p 129 145 155 166 8080 http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg reading database done creating temporary file done starting file transfer done removing temporary file done operation completed XSCF gt EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO restoreconfig 8 System Administration 49 dumpconfig 8 50 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO enableuser 8 enableuser enable an XSCF user account enableuser user enableuser h enableuser 8 enables a local XSCF user account An enabled account can be used for login at the console using Secure Shell SSH Using this command you can reenable accounts disabled by disableuser You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other
342. ton is used to turn off the locator LED fast blink FRU service LEDs are cleared The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administration 87 ioxadm 8 88 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES man 1 man display manual pages of specified XSCF shell command man command_name He man h man 1 displays manual pages of specified XSCF shell command No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported command_name Specifies the command name whose manual page is displayed Multiple command_name can be specified by delimited the spaces m If the relevant manual page is too long the page is divided into pages that each can fit on one screen In such cases the following key operations are available Key Description Enter Displays the next line space Displays the next page b Goes back half a page q Quits display of the page in the manual m If intro is specified for command name a list of XSCF shell commands is displayed EXAMPLE1 Displays the manual page of the addboard 8 command XSCF man addboard
343. tp 8 OPTIONS EXAMPLES The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s variable value Sets SM TP Valid entries for variable are mailserver port auth user password replyaddress Where auth is the authentication mechanism user password are the smtp mail server authentication Valid auth entries are none pop smtp auth v Specifies verbose output EXAMPLE1 Setting Up Mailserver and No Authentication in Noninteractive Mode XSCF gt setsmtp s mailserver 10 4 1 1 s auth none EXAMPLE 2 Setting Up Authentication in Noninteractive Mode XSCF gt setsmtp s auth pop s user jsmith s password EXAMPLE3 Setting Up SMTP Authentication in Interactive Mode XSCF gt setsmtp Mail Server 10 4 1 1 Port 25 238 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setsmtp 8 Authentication Mechanism none smtp auth User Name jsmith abako bl Password Reply Address useradm company com EXAMPLE 4 Setting Up Mailserver With Invalid Authentication Mechanism XSCF gt setsmtp Mail Server 10 4 1 1 Port 25 Authentication Mechanism none Invalid value Valid authentication mechanism are none pop smtp auth Authentication Mechanism none Reply Address useradmGcompany com EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful co
344. tting you want to do One of the following can be specified for part altitude Configures the chassis altitude network Configures the XSCF network DSCP DNS NTP SSH https and SMTP timezone Sets the time zone for the XSCF The time zone is chosen from a list of time zones user Creates a new local XSCF user account with platadm platop and useradm privileges v Specifies verbose output The available interfaces on the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers are xscf 0 lan 0 xscf 0 lan 1 lan 0 lan 1 The available interfaces on the M8000 M9000 servers are the same but they also include the xscf 0 if xscf 1 lan 0 xscf 1 lan 1 and xscf 1 if In user setup a new local user account can be created with a user supplied password System Administration 273 setupplatform 8 274 EXAMPLES In network setup the following items can be optionally configured m XSCF Network Settings m Internal DSCP Network a DNS a NIP a SSH m HTTPS Server m Email reports EXAMPLE1 Creating a New User XSCF gt setupplatform p user Do you want to set up an account y n y Username myadminuser User id in range 100 to 65533 or leave blank to let the system choose one Username myadminuser User id Are these settings correct y n y XSCF adduser myadminuser XSCF setprivileges myadminuser useradm platadm platop XSCF password myadminuser New XSCF password not echoed Retype new XSCF password not echoed EXAMPLE2 Config
345. tupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showfru 8 System Administration 321 showdevices 8 322 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION showdomainmode 8 showdomainmode display the modes of operation for the specified domain showdomainmode d domain id showdomainmode h showdomainmode 8 command displays the modes of operation that is set for the specified domain The following states are displayed HOST ID Diagnostic Level Secure Mode Autoboot CPU Mode Displays the host ID Displays the OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level One of the following is displayed none None min Standard max Maximum Displays the states of the host watchdog function and function that suppresses break signal reception One of the following is displayed on Enabled off Disabled Displays the state of the auto boot function One of the following is displayed on Enabled off Disabled Way of determining the CPU operational mode mounted on the domain One of the following is displayed auto Automatically determines at domain startup compatible Sets to the SPARC64 VI compatible mode regardless of the CPUs mounted System Administration 323 showdomainmode 8 Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command
346. ul completion 0 An error occurred showsnmpusm 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setsnmpvacm 8 setsnmpvacm modify the SNMPv3 agent s View based Access Control Model VACM configuration setsnmpvacm creategroup u username groupname setsnmpvacm deletegroup u username groupname setsnmpvacm createview s OID subtree e m OID_Mask viewname setsnmpvacm deleteview s OID subtree viewname setsnmpvacm createaccess r read_viewname groupname setsnmpvacm deleteaccess groupname setsnmpvacm h setsnmpvacm 8 modifies the SNMP Agent s VACM configuration Using this command requires a basic knowledge of SNMP You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 251 setsnmpvacm 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported createaccess creategroup createview deleteaccess deletegroup deleteview Sets access to a MIB view for the specified group r read_viewname Specifies an SNMP Agent view groupname Specifies a valid group name Sets up a group for the specified user for view access u username Specifies a valid user name groupname Specifies a valid group name Sets up a view of
347. ults h The restoredefaults 8 command deletes the setting and the log information that stored in the server or the XSCF unit and restores it to the state as of the factory shipment As the range of restoration one of the following can be specified XSCF unit xscfu Restores the following information in XSCF unit to the state as of the factory shipment m Various setting information in XSCF Log information that stored in XSCF unit m Backup information of operator panel server factory Restores the setting and the log information that stored in operator panel and XSCF unit to the state as of the factory shipment You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported c range Specifies the target of restoration In range one of the following values can be specified xscfu Restores the XSCF unit factory Restores the server h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs In case the restoredefaults 8 command executed to the standby XSCF m when you specify factory it results in an error m when you specify xscfu only the standby XSCF will be initialized System Administration 133 restoredefaults 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Restores the XSCF unit to the state as of the factory shipment XSCF gt restoredefaults c xscfu WARNING If this system does not have OPNL this command will set al
348. upiter 2006 01 11 11 31 09 659 05 00 subject 1 jsmith normal ssh 45880 jupiter command showuser platform access granted return 0 System Administration 463 viewaudit 8 EXAMPLE 4 Displaying Audit Records for Successful Access XSCF gt viewaudit r success file 1 2006 01 11 10 52 30 391 05 00 20060111155230 0000000000 jupiter header 37 1 login telnet jupiter 2006 01 11 11 31 09 659 05 00 subject 1 jsmith normal ssh 45880 jupiter command showuser platform access granted return 0 header 57 1 command viewaudit jupiter company com 2006 01 26 16 13 09 128 05 00 subject 5 sue normal ssh 1282 saturn command viewaudit platform access granted return 0 EXAMPLES Displaying Audit Records Within a Range of Two Days XSCF gt viewaudit A 20080108 B 2d file 1 2008 01 09 20 12 12 968 08 00 20080110041212 0000000004 sca m5k 0 0 file 1 2008 01 10 21 14 49 481 08 00 terminated file 1 2008 01 10 21 14 49 485 08 00 20080111051449 0000000005 sca m5k 0 0 EXAMPLE6 Displaying First 5 Records of 4238 that Match a Date Range XSCF viewaudit I A 20070515 B 20080110 C S 1 E 5 file 1 2008 01 09 20 12 12 968 08 00 20080110041212 0000000004 sca m5k 0 0 header 63 1 command setaudit sca m5k 0 0 sfbay sun com 2008 01 09 20 12 12 974 08 00 s ubject 250 opl normal ssh 42759 san e4900 0 West Sun COM command setaudit delete platform access granted return 0 header 37 1 login ssh sca m5k 0 0 sfba
349. uring the XSCF Network XSCF gt setupplatform Do you want to set up an account y n n Do you want to set up the XSCF network interfaces y n y Do you want to configure xscf 0 lan 0 y n y xscf 0 lan 0 ip address 192 168 1 4 xscf 0 lan 0 netmask 255 255 255 0 255 255 254 0 xscf 0 lan 0 default gateway 192 168 1 1 xscf O lan 0 ip address 192 168 1 4 xscf O lan 0 netmask 255 255 254 0 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 setupplatform 8 xscf 0 lan 0 default gateway 192 168 1 1 Are these settings correct y n y XSCF gt setnetwork xscf 0 lan 0 m 255 255 254 0 192 168 1 4 EXAMPLE3 Enabling ssh XSCF gt setupplatform p network Do you want to set up the XSCF network interfaces y n n Do you want to set up the DSCP network y n n Do you want to set up the domain name service y n n Do you want to set up the network time protocol y n n Do you want to set up ssh y n y Enable ssh service y n y XSCF gt setssh q y c enable Do you want to set up https y n n EXAMPLE 4 Configuring the Altitude XSCF gt setupplatform p altitude Do you want to set up the chassis altitude y n Y Chassis altitude is already configured Chassis altitude in meters 200 Continue setting up the chassis altitude y n y Chassis altitude in meters 400 Chassis altitude in meters 400 Is this setting correct y n y XSCF gt setaltitude s a
350. urred setsmtp 8 System Administration 409 showsmtp 8 410 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES showsnmp 8 showsnmp display the configuration information and current status of the SNMP agent showsnmp showsnmp h showsnmp 8 displays the configuration and information and current status of the SNMP agent This includes agent status port system location contact and description traphosts SNMP version and any enabled MIB modules You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displaying SNMP Information for a System That Has Not Been Set Up XSCF gt showsnmp Agent Status Disabled Agent Port 161 System Location Unknown System Contact Unknown System Description Unknown Trap Hosts None SNMP V1 V2c None Enabled MIB Modules None EXAMPLE2 Displaying SNMP Information for a Disabled System Set Up With SNMPv3 Trap Host XSCF gt showsnmp Agent Status Disabled Agent Port 161 System Administration 411 showsnmp 8 412 System Location System Contact System Description Trap Hosts Hostname Port host1 162 SNMP V1 V2c None Enabled MIB Modules EXAMPLE 3 SanDiego bob jupiter west FF1 Type Community Stri
351. us Normal Ver 0201h Serial PPO629L0O66 FRU Part Number CA06761 D104 AO Freq 2 150 GHz Type 16 Core 2 Strand 2 CPUM 3 CHIP 1 Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial PP0629L066 FRU Part Number CA06761 D104 AO Freq 2 150 GHz Type 16 Core 2 Strand 2 MEMB 0 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 01068 i FRU Part Number CA20393 B54X Al MEM 0A Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123520 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 0B Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123e25 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 1A Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123722 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 1B Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123b25 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 2A Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123e20 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 2B Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123822 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 3A Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123724 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 3B Status Normal System Administration 347 showhardconf 8 MEMB 7 Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A Type 1B Size 1 GB Ver 0101h Serial 01100 FRU Part Number CA20393 B54X Al MEM 0A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 7A Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 0B Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T
352. vileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred addboard 8 addfru 8 deleteboard 8 deletefru 8 setupfru 8 showdcl 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8 showhardconf 8 testsb 8 unlockmaintenance 8 System Administration 117 replacefru 8 118 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS reset 8 reset reset the specified domain reset a y n d domain id level reset h Note Since the reset 8 command forcibly resets the system this command may cause a failure in a hard disk drive or other components Use this command only for the purpose of recovery such as if the Solaris OS hangs and for other limited purposes The reset 8 command resets the specified domain The following three levels of resetting can be specified por Resets the domain system panic Instructs the Solaris OS of the domain to generate a panic The command is ignored if it is issued during power off or shutdown xir Resets the domain CPU You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr Can run this command only for your managed dom
353. ware Element ID 00 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF download has been completed SCF 0 bank 0 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 00 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF download is started SCF 0 bank 0 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 07 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF download has been completed SCF 0 bank 0 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 07 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF is rebooting to update the reserve bank EXAMPLE3 Synchronizes the firmware version of the replaced XSCF units in the M8000 M9000 servers XSCF gt flashupdate c sync System Administration 57 flashupdate 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO version 8 58 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS fmadm 8 fmadm fault management configuration tool fmadm a config fmadm h fmadm 8 can be used to view system configuration parameters related to fault management fmadm can be used to View the set of diagnosis engines and agents that are currently participating in fault management View the list of system components that have been diagnosed as faulty The Fault Manager attempts to automate as many activities as poss
354. wers y to all prompts XSCF gt unlockmaintenance q y XSCF gt EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addfru 8 deletefru 8 replacefru 8 454 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES version 8 version display firmware version version c xcp v t version c cmu xscf v version h The version 8 command displays firmware version The following versions can be displayed xcp The comprehensive version of the XSCF control package XCP firmware currently applied to the system cmu The version of OpenBoot PROM firmware xscf The version of XSCF firmware You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c xcp Displays the XCP version c cmu Displays the version of OpenBoot PROM firmware c xscf Displays the version of XSCF firmware h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs t Displays information of the XCP version that is registered in the XSCF This option is used together with c xcp v Displays detailed information Specifying this option with c xscf displays the same information as the usual information EXAMPLE 1 Displays the XCP vers
355. word Specifies the authentication password Must be equal to or greater than 8 characters Removes the supplied user making the user unknown to the agent for subsequent SNMP communication user Specifies a valid user name Changes the appropriate password for the specified user The changed password is either the authentication password or the encrypted password or both if c is not used If c is not used then both passwords must be the same or an error is generated With no options password displays a prompt for the passwords and reads them without echoing them to the screen c authl encrypt Specifies whether to change the authentication password or the encrypted password n new password Specifies the new password The password must be equal to or greater than 8 characters o old password Specifies the old password user Specifies a valid user name System Administration 249 setsnmpusm 8 250 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE1 Adding a User With Password Options XSCF gt setsnmpusm create a SHA P Xxxxxxxx e yyyyyyyy jsmith EXAMPLE2 Adding a User Without Specifying Password Options XSCF gt setsnmpusm create a SHA bob Authetication Password Encryption Password EXAMPLE3 Cloning a User XSCF gt setsnmpusm clone u sue joe Authentication Password Encryption Password EXAMPLE4 Deleting a User XSCF gt setsnmpusm delete joe The following exit values are returned 0 Successf
356. xytest ftp cfg HTTP 1 1 Authorization Basic bHahbmc6bHahbmc User Agent restoreconfig Host 10 7 79 18 21 Pragma no cache Accept lt HTTP 1 1 200 OK lt Server Sun Java System Web Proxy Server 4 0 lt Date Thu 07 Aug 2008 18 01 00 GMT lt Proxy agent Sun Java System Web Proxy Server 4 0 lt Via 1 1 proxy proxy lt Transfer encoding chunked Connection 0 to host 129 145 155 166 left intact Closing connection 0 Configuration backup created on Mon Aug 4 12 58 19 2008 from system M3000 with serial number IKSO8220xx version 19830000 You will need to power cycle the entire system after this operation is completed Do you want to restore this configuration to your system y n y requesting XSCF reboot to perform restore requested Connection to ghidorah com closed by foreign host System Administration 127 restoreconfig 8 EXAMPLE2 Restoring the Configuration Using http XSCF gt restoreconfig V p 129 145 155 166 8080 http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg transfer from scf firmtmp hcp config config_file bin to http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg About to connect to 129 145 155 166 port 8080 Trying 129 145 155 166 connected Connected to 129 145 155 166 129 145 155 166 port 8080 GET http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg HTTP 1 1 User Agent restoreconfig Host 10 7 79 18 Pragma no cache Accept lt HTTP 1 1 200 OK lt C
357. y sun com 2008 01 09 20 12 14 455 08 00 subject 252 scfroot normal ssh 42761 san e4900 0 West Sun COM 464 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 viewaudit 8 header 37 1 logout sca m5k 0 0 sfbay sun com 2008 01 09 20 12 14 800 08 00 subject 250 0 pl normal ssh 42759 san e4900 0 West Sun COM header 37 1 login ssh sca m5k 0 0 sfbay sun com 2008 01 09 20 12 15 595 08 00 subject 253 scfroot normal ssh 42762 san e4900 0 West Sun COM 4238 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setaudit 8 showaudit 8 System Administration 465 viewaudit 8 466 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS who 1 who display a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF who who h who 1 displays a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF The following information is displayed m XSCF user account name m Terminal used m Idle time m Login time m Remote host name No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 Displays a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF XSCF gt who USER TTY IDLE FROM H
358. y to the LSB to become a floating board False Does not give a higher priority regarding floating boards default You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can execute the command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can execute the command only for accessible domain Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 313 showdcl 8 OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES The following options are supported a Displays information that is set for all domains d domain id Specifies the ID of the domain for which information is to be displayed The domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 1 lsb Specifies the LSB number whose information is to be displayed Multiple 1 options can be specified by delimiting them with spaces Specify an lsb value by using an integer ranging from 0 to 15 If Isb is omitted all the LSBs in the domain are targets v Also displays information on Cfg policy No Mem No IO and Float in the DCL m An XSB for which the floating board priority is set to a low value is difficult to use as a floating board Accordingly it is difficult for the system board to affect the domain Solaris OS m The setdc1 8 command sets the DCL EXAMPLE1 Displays detailed information on the DCL that is set for do
359. ystem Administration 93 moveboard 8 EXAMPLE 2 Reserves assignment of the XSB 00 0 to the domain ID 1 XSCF gt moveboard d 1 c reserve 00 0 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addboard 8 deleteboard 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8 94 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES nslookup 8 nslookup refer to the DNS server for the host nslookup hostname nslookup h nslookup 8 refers to the DNS server for the host The following information is displayed Server DNS server name Address IP address of DNS server Name Specified host name Address IP address of the host name You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported hostname Specifies the host name to be referred A Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN or a short form of the name can be specified EXAMPLE 1 Displays the host whose host name is sc 0 hostname0 XSCF g
360. zip e out jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 07 08T22 33 44 zip Every zip archive generated by snapshot includes two files generated by snapshot itself The first file called README contains the original name of the zip archive the name of the configuration file on the Service Processor used to create the zip archive the version of snapshot and whether log only mode the 1 flag was used to generate the archive The second file called CONFIG is a copy of the actual configuration file used by snapshot to generate the archive The data collected by snapshot may potentially be used by Service personnel to diagnose problems with the system snapshot can collect different sets of data for different diagnostic purposes The three different sets are named Initial Root Cause and Full and are specified through the use of the L option You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported D directory Used with the T option specifies a value for directory instead of the value set using setarchiving 8 The directory field must not begin with a or a Refer to the description of the T option for more detailed information d device Specifies the external media device to use The following option is available to a r Removes all files from the external media device prior to data collection This option is not valid with t

SPARC Enterprise M3000/M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 Servers

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents